Diploma in Computer Engineering

DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING

COURSES OFFERED

CODE COURSES CREDITS YEAR / SEMESTER

A) FOUNDATION COURSES

0101 COMMUNICATIVE ENGLISH – I 5 I / ODD

0102 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS – I 8 I / ODD

0103 ENGINEERING PHYSICS – I 5 I / ODD

0104 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY – I 5 I / ODD

0105 ENGINEERING PHYSICS – I PRACTICAL 1 I / ODD

0106 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY – I PRACTICAL 1 I / ODD

0107 COMMUNICATIVE ENGLISH – II 4 I/ EVEN

0108 ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS – II 5 I/ EVEN

0109 APPLIED MATHEMATICS 5 I/ EVEN

0110 ENGINEERING PHYSICS – II 4 I/ EVEN

0111 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY – II 4 I/ EVEN

0112 ENGINEERING PHYSICS – II PRACTICAL 1 I/ EVEN

0113 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY – II PRACTICAL 1 I/ EVEN

B) CORE TECHNOLOGY COURSES

0201A WORKSHOP PRACTICAL 1 I /ODD

0202 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS – I 3 I /ODD

0203 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS – II 3 I / EVEN

0204 COMPUTER APPLICATIONS PRACTICAL – I 1 I /ODD

0205 COMPUTER APPLICATIONS PRACTICAL – II 1 I / EVEN

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 1

CODE COURSES CREDITS YEAR / SEMESTER

7201 BASICS OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING 5 II / ODD

CPROGRAMMING AND INTRODUCTION TO DATA 7202 6 II / ODD STRUCTURES

7203 OPERATING SYSTEMS 5 II / ODD

7204 ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS PRACTICAL 3 II / ODD

7205 C PROGRAMMING AND DATA STRUCTURES PRACTICAL 3 II / ODD

7206 OPERATING SYSTEM PRACTICAL 2 II / ODD

7207 WEB DESIGNING PRACTICAL 2 II / ODD

7208 COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE 5 II / EVEN

7209 COMPUTER NETWORKS 4 II / EVEN

7210 LIFE AND EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS PRACTICAL 2 II / EVEN c) APPLIED TECHNOLOGY COURSES

7301 OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING WITH JAVA 5 II / EVEN

7302 RELATIONAL DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS 5 II / EVEN

7303 JAVA PROGRAMMING PRACTICAL 3 II / EVEN

RELATIONAL DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS 7304 3 II / EVEN PRACTICAL

7305 WEB PROGRAMMING 5 III / ODD

7306 COMPUTER HARDWARE AND SERVICING 5 III / ODD

7307 .NET PROGRAMMING 6 III / ODD

7308 WEB PROGRAMMING PRACTICAL 2 III / ODD

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 2

CODE COURSES CREDITS YEAR / SEMESTER

7309 COMPUTER HARDWARE AND SERVICING PRACTICAL 2 III / ODD

7310 .NET PROGRAMMING PRACTICAL 2 III / ODD

7311 PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND MINI PROJECT 2 III / ODD

7312 NETWORKS SECURITY AND ADMINISTRATION 5 III / EVEN

7313 MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS 5 III / EVEN

7314 COMPUTER NETWORKS AND ADMINISTRATION PRACTICAL 3 III / EVEN

7315 MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS PRACTICAL 2 III / EVEN

7316 PROJECT WORK 2 III / EVEN

D) DIVERSIFIED TECHNOLOGY COURSES

GROUP – A

7401A SOFTWARE ENGINEERING 4 III / ODD

7402A CLOUD COMPUTING 6 III / EVEN

7403A CLOUD COMPUTING PRACTICAL 3 III / EVEN

GROUP – B

7401B OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE 4 III / ODD

7402B MOBILE COMPUTING AND APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT 6 III / EVEN

7403B MOBILE COMPUTING PRACTICAL 3 III / EVEN

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 3

CURRICULUM OUTLINE (Aided and SS Programmes) SEMESTER I [ODD (I)] Practical/ Code Theory Tutorial Total Course Drawing Credits (15O) Periods /Week 0101 Communicative English – I 5 - - 5 5 0102 Engineering Mathematics – I 8 - - 8 8 0103 Engineering Physics – I 5 - - 5 5 0104 Engineering Chemistry – I 5 - - 5 5 0105 Engineering Physics – I Practical - 2 - 2 1 0106 Engineering Chemistry – I Practical - 2 - 2 1 0201A Workshop Practical – I - 3 - 3 1 0202 Engineering Graphics – I - 6 - 6 3 0204 Computer Applications Practical –I - 2 - 2 1 Test - - 2 2 - TOTAL 23 15 2 40 30

SEMESTER II [EVEN (I)] Practical/ Code Theory Tutorial Total Course Drawing Credits (15O) Periods /Week 0107 Communicative English – II 4 - 1 5 4 0108 Engineering Mathematics – II 5 - - 5 5 0109 Applied Mathematics 5 - 1 6 5 0110 Engineering Physics – II 4 - 1 5 4 0111 Engineering Chemistry – II 4 - 1 5 4 0112 Engineering Physics – II Practical - 2 - 2 1 0113 Engineering Chemistry – II - 2 - 2 1 Practical 0203 Engineering Graphics – II - 6 - 6 3 0205 Computer Applications Practical– II - 2 - 2 1 Test - - 2 2 - TOTAL 22 12 6 40 28

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 4

DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING

SEMESTER III [ODD (II)]

Drawing / Tutorial / CODE Theory Total COURSE Practical Test Credits (15O) Periods / Week 7201 Basics of Electrical and Electronics Engineering 5 - - 5 5 7202 C Programming and introduction to Data structures 6 - - 6 6 7203 Operating Systems 5 - - 5 5

7204 Electrical and Electronics Practical - 6 - 6 3

7205 C Programming and Data structures Practical - 6 - 6 3 7206 Operating system Practical - 4 - 4 2

7207 Web Designing Practical - 4 - 4 2 Library - - 1 1 - Seminar - - 1 1 -

Test - - 2 2 - Total 16 20 4 40 26

SEMESTER IV [EVEN (II)] Drawing / Tutorial / CODE Theory Total Credits COURSE Practical Test (15O) Periods / Week 7208 Computer Architecture 5 - - 5 5 7209 Computer Networks 4 - - 4 4 7301 Object Oriented Programming with Java 5 - 1 6 5

7302 Relational Database Management Systems 5 - - 5 5 7303 Java Programming Practical - 6 - 6 3

7304 Relational Database Management Systems Practical - 6 - 6 3

7210 Life and Employability Skills Practical - 4 - 4 2 Library - - 1 1 - Seminar - - 1 1 -

Test - - 2 2 - Total 19 16 5 40 27

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 5

SEMESTER V [ODD (III)] Drawing / Tutorial / CODE Theory Total Credits COURSE Practical Test (15O) Periods / Week 7305 Web Programming 5 - - 5 5 7306 Computer Hardware and Servicing 5 - - 5 5 7307 .Net Programming 6 - - 6 6

7401 Diversified Course Theory– I* 4 - - 4 4

7308 Web Programming Practical - 4 - 4 2 7309 Computer Hardware and Servicing Practical - 4 - 4 2

7310 . Net Programming Practical - 4 - 4 2

7311 Professional Practice and Mini Project - 4 - 4 2 Library - - 1 1 - Seminar - - 1 1 -

Test - - 2 2 - Total 20 16 4 40 28

SEMESTER VI [EVEN (III)] Drawing / Tutorial / CODE Theory Total Credits COURSE Practical Test (15O) Periods / Week 7312 Network Security and Administration 5 - - 5 5

7313 Multimedia Systems 5 - - 5 5

7402 Diversified Course Theory– II* 6 - - 6 6

7314 Computer Networks and Administration Practical - 6 - 6 3 7315 Multimedia Systems Practical - 4 - 4 2

7403 Diversified Course Practical* - 6 - 6 3

7316 Project work - 4 - 4 2

Library - - 1 1 - Seminar - - 1 1 - Test - - 2 2 - Total 16 20 4 40 26 Note: 1. *Students can opt Diversified courses either Group- A or Group-B in semester V and Semester VI 2. Library and Seminar hours are allotted in all the semesters. The students must present a power point presentation in each course which will be facilitated by the respective faculty. The hardcopy of the presentation must be collected by the respective faculty for records.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 6

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION For All Theory Courses Duration of Examination 3 Hours Continuous Assessment Marks 25 Semester End Examination Marks 75 Total Marks 100 Minimum Marks for a pass in a course is 40 (Out of which a minimum of 30 Marks is to be scored in the semester-end examination)

For All Practical Courses Duration of Examination 3 Hours Continuous Assessment Marks 25 Semester End Examination Marks 75 Total marks 100 Minimum Marks for a pass in a course is 50 (Out of which a minimum of 35 Marks is to be scored in the semester-end examination)

PATTERN OF QUESTION PAPERS IN AUTONOMOUS EXAMINATIONS

Time: 3Hrs.Max.Marks:75

PART A (1 to 8) 5 Questions are to be answered out of 8. Answering of 8th question is compulsory.Minimum one question and 5 x 2 Marks 10 Marks maximum of two questions from each unit. (Questions on Definition, Statement, Formula, Statement of Theorem etc.) PART B (9 to 16) 5 Questions are to be answered out of 8.Answering of 16th question is compulsory. Minimum one question and 5 x 3 Marks 15 Marks maximum of two questions from each unit. (Short answer type questions.)

PART C (17 to 21) All the 5 questions are to be answered. Each question will be either orpattern. This question may have sub-divisions 5 x 10 Marks 50 Marks also. One question from each unit (Descriptive type questions.)

Total 75 Marks

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 7

Computer Engineering Alternative Courses for Second & Third Year under 11O-Scheme to 15O-Scheme

Course 11O-Scheme Courses Course 15O-Scheme Courses Sem Sem Code (Old Scheme) Code (Revised Scheme)

(with effect from October/November 2016 Examinations)

Basics of Electrical and Electronics Basics of Electrical and Electronics 7201 7201 Engineering Engineering

7202 Data Structures using C -- No Alternative Course

7203 Operating Systems 7203 Operating Systems III III 7204 Electrical and Electronics Practical 7204 Electrical and Electronics Practical

7205 Data Structures using C Practical -- No Alternative Course

7206 Linux Practical 7206 Operating Systems Practical

7207 Computer Applications Practical -- No Alternative Course

(with effect from April 2017 Examinations)

7208 Computer Architecture 7208 Computer Architecture

7209 Computer Networks 7209 Computer Networks

Object Oriented Programming with Object Oriented Programming with 7301 7301 Java Java

Relational Database and Relational Database and Management 7302 7302 IV Management Systems IV Systems

7303 Java Programming Practical 7303 Java Programming Practical

Relational Database and Relational Database and Management 7304 7304 Management Systems Practical Systems Practical

Communication and Life Skills 7210 7210 Life and Employability Skills Practical Practical

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 8

(with effect from October/November 2017 Examinations)

7305 Web Programming 7305 Web Programming

7306 Computer Hardware and Servicing 7306 Computer Hardware and Servicing

7307 .NET Programming 7307 .NET Programming

7401* Software Engineering 7401* Software Engineering

V 7308 Web Programming Practical V -- No Alternative Course

Computer Hardware and Servicing Computer Hardware and Servicing 7309 7309 Practical Practical

7310 .NET Programming Practical 7310 .NET Programming Practical

Professional Practice and Mini 7311 7311 Professional Practice and Mini Project Project

(with effect from April 2018 Examinations)

Network Security and 7312 7312 Network Security and Administration Administration

7313 Multimedia Systems 7313 Multimedia Systems

7402* Internet Applications 7402* Cloud Computing

VI Computer Networks and VI Computer Networks and 7314 7314 Administration Practical Administration Practical

7315 Multimedia Systems Practical 7315 Multimedia Systems Practical

7403* Internet Applications Practical -- No Alternative Course

7316 Project work 7316 Project work

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 9

SEMESTER - III

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 10

THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM

Programme : COMPUTER ENGINEERING Semester : III Course Code : 15O - 7201 Course Name : BASICS OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING TEACHING ANDSCHEME OF EXAMINATION No. of weeks per semester: 15 weeks Examination Instructions Course Max. Marks Periods / Periods / Internal Board Duration Total week Semester Assessment Examination Basics of Electrical and 5 75 25 75 100 3 Hours Electronics Engineering

TOPICS AND ALLOCATION OF PERIODS Unit No. Topics No. of Periods I FUNDAMENTALS OF AC,BATTERIES AND UPS 12 II ELECTRICAL MOTOR, TRANSFORMER ANDELECTRICAL SAFETY 12 III ANALOG DEVICES 13 IV BOOLEAN ALGEBRA AND LOGIC GATES 13 V SEQUENTIAL LOGIC SYSTEM 12 INDUSTRIAL VISIT 04 CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT TEST AND MODEL EXAMS 09 TOTAL 75

COURSE OUTCOMES

15O – 7201 BASICS OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING On successful completion of this course, students should be able to C301.1 : Understand the concepts of fundamentals of AC,Batteries and UPS C301.2 : Summarize the working principle of transformer, special Motors and need of Electrical safety C301.3 : Understand the working principle of analog devices C301.4 : Construct arithmetic, combinational logic circuits using logic gates. C301.5 : Explain the basic principle of flip-flops Counters and Registers.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 11

CO-PO&PSO’S MAPPING MATRIX CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PSO1 PSO2 C301.1 3 ------2 3 2 2 - C301.2 3 - 2 1 - - - 2 3 2 2 - C301.3 3 2 2 1 - - - 2 3 2 2 - C301.4 2 2 2 1 - - - 2 3 2 2 - C301.5 2 2 2 1 - - - 2 3 2 2 - C301 Total 13 6 8 4 - - - 10 15 10 10 - Correlation 2.6 2 2 1 - - - 2 3 2 2 - Level

DETAILED SYLLABUS

UNIT – I FUNDAMENTALS OF AC,BATTERIES AND UPS ………. 12 PERIODS 1.1 AC Fundamentals: Difference between AC and DC –Advantages of AC over DC – Waveform of sinusoidal A.C. Cycle – Generation of single phase A.C. by elementary alternator – Definition of cycle, frequency, time period, amplitude, peak value, average 6Per value and RMS value – Define peak factor and form factor – Concept of phase, phase difference and phase angle – Single phase and 3 phase (Definition) – Meaning of lagging and leading Sinewave –Advantages of three phase over single phase. (Refer web link : http://study.com/academy/lesson/alternating-current-definition-advantages- disadvantages.html for fundamentals of AC) 1.2. Batteries: Classification of cells – Construction of Lead acid cell – Methods of charging – Care and Maintenance of Lead acid battery – Indications of a fully charge battery – 3Per Maintenance free batteries. (Refer web link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=h4wawtDarX4 for Care and Maintenance of Lead acid battery) 1.3. UPS: Need for UPS – Online and Offline UPS – Definition – Block Diagram– Explanation of each block – Merits and demerits of on line and off line UPS – Need of heat sink – 3Per Specification and ratings – Maintenance of UPS including batteries. (Refer web link:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=E5RKBWhEUAUfor Working of UPS)

UNIT – II ELECTRICAL MOTOR, TRANSFORMERAND ELECTRICAL SAFETY .……..12 PERIODS 2.1 Single phase transformer: Working Principle and construction of transformer – Brief description of each part – function and materials used –emf equation of transformer (No derivation) – Voltage and current ratio of a transformer – Efficiency – Losses in a 5Per transformer – Auto transformerconstructionand working – Comparison with two winding transformer– Applications– Step up & Step down transformer (Definition only) (Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vh_aCAHThTQ for working principleof transformer)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 12

2.2. Special Motors: Stepper Motor: Definition – Working principle, Types and applications – Servo motors – Working principle, Types and applications – Factors to be considered for 5Per selecting a motor for particular application. (Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TWMai3oirnM for Stepper motor) 2.3. Electrical Safety: Electric shock – Earthing – Need for earthing – Types of Earthing – 2Per Fuses: Need – Types of fuses –MCB – Comparison between fuses and MCB. (Refer web link :https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qSyUFp3Qk2Ifor Earthing and its types)

UNIT – III ANALOG DEVICES ………. 13PERIODS 3.1 Diodes: PN Junction diode – Review of P type and N type semiconductors – PN Junction – Barrier Voltage, Depletion Region –Working principle and forward /reverse characteristics P-N Junction diode – Applications of diode – Zener Diode: Construction –Characteristics (Forward and Reverse) – Avalanche and Zener break down – 5Per Applications of Zener diode. Light Emitting Diodes: Operation, Construction and Characteristics. LDR – Principle of operationand Characteristics – Photo Diode: Principle of operation(concept only) – Principle of operation and Characteristics of SCR. (Referweb link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OyC02DWq3mI for PN junction diode) 3.2. Rectifiers: Definition – Need of Rectification – Circuit diagram, Operation, i/p and o/p Waveforms of Half wave – Full wave – Bridge rectifiers (without filters) – uses of filters 4Per in rectifier circuit – Ripple factor, efficiency and PIV ( No derivation) – Comparison (Referweb link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yj4uVVV5Nsg for types of Rectifiers) 3.3. Bipolar Junction Transistor: Definition – Principle of NPN and PNP transistor – symbol – Transistor terminals – Operating principle (NPN transistor only) – Configurations of 4Per transistor – Comparison between CB, CE and CC – Input and Output characteristics of CE configuration – Transistor application as switch. (Referweb link :https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7ukDKVHnac4 for working of Transistor) UNIT – IV BOOLEAN ALGEBRA AND LOGIC GATES ………. 13PERIODS 4.1 Number representation: Decimal, Binary, Octal andHexadecimal number systems – Conversion of number from one number system to another (without decimal point)– 3Per BCD CODE – ASCII Codes – Parity bit – Use of a parity bit – Odd parity and Even parity (Referweb link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=x5OpxRq_okQ for number representation) 4.2. Logic gates: Positive and Negative logic System – Definition, Truth table, Symbol and Logical equations AND – OR – NOT – EXOR –EXNOR (Only 2 – inputs) gates – Universal 2Per gates – NAND – NOR – Symbol and truth table . (Referweb link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Xi18hI1LqAA for Logic gates) 4.3. Boolean Algebra : Basic laws of Boolean algebra –Application of Boolean laws to simplify the boolean expression – Demorgan’s Theorem and proofs – Duality theorem– 3Per Simplification of logical equations using Boolean laws – De-Morgan’s theorem – Two variable Karnaugh map (Referweb link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gj8QmRQtVao for Boolean algebra)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 13

4.4. Arithmetic Circuits: Half Adder and full adder – Truth table, Circuit diagram – Half 3Per subtractor and Full subtractor – Truth table, Circuit diagram (Referweb link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mZ9VWA4cTbE for Half adder and full adder)

4.5 Combinational logic circuits:Multiplexer(2:1,4:1,8:1) – De multiplexer(1:2,1:4,1:8)– Encoder – Decoder (Definition and Basic Circuits only) – Comparator Circuit for two 2Per three bit words. (Referweb link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iD1msbNFEEk for Multiplexer) UNIT – V SEQUENTIAL LOGIC SYSTEM ………. 12PERIODS 5.1 Flip flops: Basic principle of operation– S-R, D, flip – flop – Operationand Truth table – Race Condition–JK flip flop–T flip flop– Toggling – Edge Triggered Flip – flop – Level 5Per Triggered flip flop – Need for a Master – slave flip flop – J-K Master Slave flip flop. (Referweb link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Idi6owmTArw for different types of Flip – Flop) 5.2. Counters: Need – Types of counters – 4 bit Asynchronous Counter – Mod N Counter– Decade counter – 4 bit Synchronous counter – Distinguish between Asynchronous and 4Per Synchronous counter– Applications of Counter –Ripper counter. (Referweb link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=656Cs3II9h8 for asynchronous counter) 5.3. Registers: Shift register – Block diagram representation and waveforms of Serial – in Serial – out, Serial – in Parallel – out, Parallel – in Serial-out, Parallel – in Parallel – out 3Per Applications of Shift Registers. Referweb link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=unorn9n–UpE for Serial In Serial Out register) LIST OF PROPOSED STUDENT ACTIVITIES I. INDUSTRIAL VISITS Imparting industrial visit to any one of the following industries to understand real time applications: 1. Talema Electronics Pvt Ltd,Salem – 5 2. Megawin switchgear Pvt Ltd, Salem – 4. 3. Himaliya Power Systems Pvt Ltd, Salem. Industrial visit report has to be submitted by the students as assignment through Blackboard and as hard copy to the faculty concerned. II. SEMINARS Seminars to be organized on any one of the following topics in association with theIE(I)/ISTE and the students’ TechnicalAssociation of ComputerEngineering Programme. 1. Construction and working different types of transformer 2. Different types of UPS and its working operation III. CASE STUDIES Case study on the following Electronic Devices 1. Logic Gates 2. Diode 3. Flipflop

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 14

IV. OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE / LEARNING WEBSITES  www.electronics-tutorials.ws  www.open circuits.com  www.open electronics.org

TEXT BOOKS YEAR OF S.NO TITLE AUTHOR PUBLISHER PUBLISHING/ EDITION Multiple Colour S.Chandand Co , 1. Electrical Technology / Vol I & II B.L. Theraja Revised First New Delhi Edition, 2012

Tata Mc-Graw Hill, 2. Modern Digital Electronics R.P. Jain Third Reprint 2010 New Delhi

PHI Learning Pvt. 3. Principles of Digital Electronics K.Meena First Edition 2009 Ltd, Chennai

REFERENCE BOOK YEAR OF S.No. TITLE AUTHOR PUBLISHER PUBLISHING / EDITION Tata Mc-Graw second edition 1. Basic Electrical Engineering V.N. Mittle Hill, New Delhi 2005

Basic Electrical and Electronics R.Muthusubramanian Tata Mc-Graw Seventh Reprint 2. Engineering R.Salivajanan Hill, New Delhi 2011

S.Chandand Co , Second Edition , 3. Principles of Electronics V.K. Mehta New Delhi 2009 Oxford University 4. Digital electronics G.K. Kharate First Edition 2010 Press, New Delhi

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 15

THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM-636 005 (Autonomous Institution) Diploma in Computer Engineering Basics of Electrical and Electronics Engineering Model Question Paper - I Year/Sem: II / III Max. Marks : 75 Code no: 15O-7201 Time : 3 Hrs PART-A (5 X 2 = 10 marks) Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory Bloom’s Unit Taxonomy (ii) All questions carry equal marks Level

1. Define the term: TUF and expand II R

2. How many flip flops are required to construct mod-18 counter? V U III U 3. Write the emf equation of a transformer.

4. What is the use of parity bit and list the types. IV U

5. Write the input and output impedance of CB configuration. III R

6. Draw the logic diagram of full subtractor. IV R

7. Define the term racing and which flip flop is used to avoid racing? V U

8. State the indications of lead acid battery. I R

PART-B (5 X 3 = 15 marks) Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory Bloom’s Unit Taxonomy (ii) All questions carry equal marks Level

9. Define the terms: Cycle, Frequency, Amplitude, Average value, Time period, I R RMS value.

10. Write down the uses of battery and what are the maintenance free II U batteries?

11. What is filter and give the uses of filters in rectifier circuit? III R & U

12. Compare CB, CE and CC configurations. III U

13. List the type of number systems and convert (458)10 to Octal. IV U

14. Draw the symbol and connection diagram of D Flip – flop V R

15. Mention the differences between Asynchronous and Synchronous counter V R

16. Simplify the following i) Y=(A+B+C).(A+B) ii) Y=Y=AB’D+AB’D’ IV AP

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 16

PART-C (5 x 10 = 50marks)

Note: (i) Answer allthe questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub- Bloom’s Maximum division (B) of eachquestion. Unit Taxonom Marks (ii)All questions carry equal marks. y Level

17 A. (i)With a neat block diagram explain the working of ON-LINE UPS. I R &U 5

(ii)What are the methods of charging the batteries? Explain any one I U 5 of them

(OR)

B. Briefly explain the care and maintenance of lead acid battery. I U 10

18. A. (i)What are the precautions should be taken against electrical II U 5 shock.

(ii)What is the need for earthing? Explain about plate earthing. II U 5

(OR)

B. Explain the working of AC and DC servo motor and give its II U 10 applications.

19. A. (i)How transistors act as a switch? III U 5

(ii)Explain the operation of SCR with VI characteristics. III U 5

(OR)

B. Draw the circuit of CE configuration and explain the operation. III U 10

20. A. (i)Construct EX-OR, AND, OR and NOT gates by using only NAND IV U 5 gate.

(ii)Explain about the Encoder with a logic diagram and a truth table. IV U 5

(OR)

B Explain the working of 1:8 Multiplexer with a neat diagram. IV U 10

21. A (i)Draw the logic diagram of serial in serial out shift register and V R &U 5 explain.

(ii)Explain mod-5 counter with a neat diagram. V R &U 5

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 17

(OR)

B. Explain the operation of a JKMS Flip-Flop with a logic diagram and V R &U 10 truth table

Note:The question paper setters are requested to follow the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy levels aspresented below:

Bloom’s Taxonomy Lower Order Thinking Skills (LOTs) Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs)

Level R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap- Apply An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create % to be included 90% 10%

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 18

THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM-636 005 (Autonomous Institution) Diploma in Computer Engineering Basics of Electrical and Electronics Engineering Model Question Paper - II Year/Sem: II / III Max. Marks : 75 Code no: 15O-7201 Time : 3 Hrs PART-A (5 X 2 = 10 marks) Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 8 Unit Bloom’s is compulsory Taxonomy Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks

1. What are the methods of charging the batteries and define the term Trickle I R charge.

2. Compare auto transformer with two winding transformer. II U II U 3. What is the cut in voltage for silicon and germanium?

4. Expand LDR and LED. III R

5. What is the other name of T-FF and D-FF? V R

6. State first and second laws of De Morgan’s theorem. IV U

7. What is Flip-Flop? What are output conditions exist? V U

8. Why the transformer core is laminated and how the transformer is classified III U based on the construction? PART-B (5 X 3 = 15 marks) Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 16 Unit Bloom’s is compulsory Taxonomy (ii) All questions carry equal marks Level

9. Give the differences between AC and DC. I U

10. Mention the applications of Zener diode. III U

11. What are the factors to be considered for selecting a motor for a particular II U application?

12. Define the terms: i) Encoder ii) Decoder III R

13. What is Shift register and give its applications. IV U

14. Mention the differences between combinational and sequential circuit? V U 15. Define multiplexer and demultiplexer V R 16. Derive AND gate using Universal gates. IV AP

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 19

PART-C (5 x 10 = 50marks)

Note: (i) Answer allthe questions choosing either sub-division (A) Bloom’s Maximum or sub-division (B) of eachquestion. Unit Taxonomy Marks (ii)All questions carry equal marks. Level

17 A. (i) State the need for UPS and draw the block diagram of I R &U 5 OFF LINE UPS.

(ii) Describe the advantages of three phase over single I U 5 phase.

(OR)

B Explain the construction details of lead acid battery with a I U 10 neat diagram

18. A. (i) State the principle, advantages, disadvantages and II U 5 applications of auto transformer. (ii)Explain the construction of core type transformer with II U 5 a diagram.

(OR)

B. Explain theconstruction and working of stepper motor II U 10

19. A. (i)Draw the VI- Characteristics of Zener diode and explain III U 5 Zener breakdown (ii) Explain the working operation of a bridge rectifier with III U 5 a neat wave form.

(OR)

B. Explain about the working principle, forward and reverse III U 10 characteristics of PN Junction diode.

20. A. (i)Draw the circuit and truth table of a full adder. IV U 5

(ii)Using NOR gate derive other logic gates IV U 5

(OR)

B Explain about Demultiplexer with logical diagram. IV U 10

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 20

21. A (i) Explain the operation of 4bit Synchronous up counter V R &U 5 with a truth table.

(ii) With a neat diagram, explain the working of SR Flip- V U 5 Flop.

(OR)

B. Explain the working of Decade counter with circuit diagram, V U 10 wave form and truth table

Note:The question paper setters are requested to follow the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy levels as presented below:

Bloom’s Taxonomy Lower Order Thinking Skills (LOTs) Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs)

Level R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap- Apply An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create % to be included 90% 10%

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 21

THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM

Programme : COMPUTER ENGINEERING Semester : III Course Code : 15O - 7202 Course Name :C PROGRAMMING AND INTRODUCTION TO DATA STRUCTURES

TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION No. of weeks per semester: 15 weeks Examination Instructions Max. Marks Course Semester- Periods / Periods / Continuous Duration End Total week Semester Assessment Examinations C Programming and Introduction 6 90 25 75 100 3 Hours to Data Structures

TOPICS AND ALLOCATION OF PERIODS Unit No. Topics No. of Periods I INTRODUCTION TO C PROGRAMMING 14 II DECISION MAKING, ARRAYS AND STRINGS 14 III FUNCTIONS, STRUCTURES, UNIONS AND POINTERS 14 IV INTRODUCTION TO DATA STRUCTURES 18 V TREES, GRAPHS, SORTING AND SEARCHING 17 INDUSTRIAL VISIT 04 CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT TEST AND MODEL EXAMS 09 TOTAL 90

COURSE OUTCOMES 15O - 7202C PROGRAMMING AND INTRODUCTION TO DATA STRUCTURES On successful completion of this course, students should be able to C302.1 : Summarize the basic concepts of C programming language C302.2 : Solve basic mathematical problems by using decision making and looping statements C302.3 : Apply user defined functions, structures, unions and concepts of pointers in a program C302.4 : Summarize various linear data structures like stack, queues, linked lists using static and dynamic memory allocation and use them in solving problems C302.5 : Analyze nonlinear data structures like binary search tree and use them in designing applications like sorting, expression tress

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 22

CO-PO&PSO’S MAPPING MATRIX

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PSO1 PSO2 C302.1 1 3 3 3 - - 2 2 2 3 - 3 C302.2 1 3 3 3 - - 2 2 2 3 - 3 C302.3 1 3 3 3 - - 2 2 2 3 - 3 C302.4 1 3 3 3 - - 2 2 2 3 - 3 C302.5 1 3 3 3 - - 2 2 2 3 - 3 C302 Total 5 15 15 15 - - 10 10 10 15 - 15 Correlation 1 3 3 3 - - 2 2 2 3 - 3 Level

DETAILED SYLLABUS UNIT – I INTRODUCTION TO C PROGRAMMING ……… 14PERIODS Introduction to C: History of C – features of C – Structure of C program – Compiling, link & 1.1 2Per run a program – Diagrammatic representation of program execution process. (Refer Web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9f_Mzdx1bbY for compiling and linking process)

1.2 Variables, Constants & Data types: C character set -Tokens – Constants – Key words – identifiers and Variables – Data types and storage – Data type Qualifiers – Declaration of 5Per Variables – Assigning values to variables – Declaring variables as constants – Declaration – Variables as volatile – Overflow & under flow of data (Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=OSyjOvFbAGI for data types)

1.3 C Operators: Arithmetic, Logical, Assignment, Relational, Increment and Decrement, Conditional, Bitwise, Special Operator precedence and Associativity. C expressions – 5Per Arithmetic expressions – Evaluation of expressions – Type cast operator (Refer Web link :https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sU8KrtJJETo for C operator)

1.4 I/O statements: Formatted input, formatted output, Unformatted I/O statements. 2Per (Refer Web link :https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WjMOvATuZJQ for formatted input and output)

UNIT – II DECISION MAKING, ARRAYS AND STRINGS ……. 14PERIODS 2.1 Branching: Introduction – Simple if statement – if –else – else-if ladder, nested if-else - Switch statement – goto statement – Simple programs. 2Per (Refer Web link :https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6uoxG7KURU4 for branching)

2.2 Looping Statements: While, do-while statements, for loop, break & continue statement – 3Per Simple Programs. (Refer Web link :https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SvGVcnwfZe8 for looping statements)

2.3 Arrays: Declaration and initialization of One dimensional, Two dimensional and Character 4Per arrays – Accessing array elements – Programs using arrays (Refer Web link :https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NFJMjgXb0uAfor arrays)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 23

2.4 Strings : Declaration and initialization of string variables, Reading String, Writing Strings – String handling functions(strlen(), strcat(), strcpy(), strcmp()) – String manipulation 3Per programs ( Refer web link :https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kbAC0FHZ8aM for string handling functions)

2.5 Built – in functions: Math functions – Console I/O functions – Standard I/O functions – 2Per Character Oriented functions – Simple programs. ( Refer web link :https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QM279SQAcWY for math functions) UNIT – III FUNCTIONS, STRUCTURES, UNIONS AND POINTERS ………. 14PERIODS 3.1 User defined functions: Defining functions & Needs, Scope and Life time of Variables, Function call, Return values, Storage classes, Category of function – Recursion – Simple 3 Per programs (Refer Web link :https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YCwzdaBiH0gfor functions)

3.2 Structures and Unions: Structure – Definition, initialization, arrays of structures, Arrays with in structures, structures within structures, Structures and functions – Unions – 5 Per Structure of Union – Difference between Union and structure – Simple programs. (Refer Web link :https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=WpvNOv-xvnY for structure and union)

3.3 Pointers: Definition – advantages of pointers – accessing the address of a variable through pointers – declaring and initializing pointers – pointers expressions, increment 4 Per and scale factor – array of pointers – pointers and array – pointer and character strings – pointers and structures – programs using pointer. (Refer Web link :https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=odIOTXbBmts for pointers) 3.4 Dynamic Memory Management: Introduction – dynamic memory allocation – allocating a block memory (MALLOC) – allocating multiple blocks of memory (CALLOC) – releasing the 2 Per used space: (FREE) – altering the size of a block (REALLOC). (Refer Web link :https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=xDVC3wKjS64 for dynamic memory management)

UNIT – IV INTRODUCTION TO DATA STRUCTURES ………. 18 PERIODS 4.1 Data structures: Introduction about data structures – Definition – types of data 2 Per structures – Initialization of data structures (Refer Web link :https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=wIqnvhtKzQI for types of data structures) 4.2 Linked List:Terminologies: Node, Address, Pointer, Information, Null Pointer, Empty list – Types of Linked Lists, Operations on a singly linked list (Algorithm): Traversing a singly 6 Per linked list, Inserting a new node in singly linked list(at the middle) , searching a node – Doubly linked list, Circular Linked Lists ( Concepts only, no Implementations) (Refer Web link :https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=C_ZiUHDNzGs for linked list) 4.3 Stack: Definition of a Stack – Operations on Stack (PUSH & POP) – Implementing Push and Pop Operations. Applications of Stack – evaluate a postfix expression, convert an 6 Per expression from Infix to postfix, Recursion – Simulation of recursive algorithm for factorial. (Refer Web link :https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pQk4lpzIHwI for stack)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 24

4.4 Queues: Definition – Implementation of queues using arrays – Circular Queue, Dequeue, 4 Per and Priority Queue(Concepts Only) (Refer Web link :https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kzgGMaqdqz for Queue) UNIT – V TREES, GRAPHS, SORTING AND SEARCHING ………. 17PERIODS 5.1 Trees: Basic terminologies of trees – Node, Root, Parent, Child, Link, Sibling, Level, Height, Depth, Leaf, Degree– Binary Tree – Binary Tree traversal ( Algorithm only): In order, Pre 5 Per order, Post order traversal. (Refer Web link :https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qH6yxkw0u78 for tree) 5.2 Graphs: Definition – Graph terminologies – Directed and Undirected graph, Weighted graph, Adjacent vertices, self-loop, Parallel edges, Path, cycle, indegree, out degree, 5 Per complete graph, connected graph – Representation of graph – set representation – adjacency matrix representation – comparison of representations. (Refer Web link:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gXgEDyodOJU&lRvhb5DaAHdcHnfor graph) 5.2. Sorting: Definition – Algorithm and C program for bubble sort, insertion sort – Concepts 4 Per only: quick sort and shell sort. (Refer Web link :https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3OLTJlwyIqQ for Quick sort 5.3 Searching : Definition – Sequential search and Binary Search (Algorithm only) 3 Per (Refer Web link :https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=l5DF0EfgLEU for Binary search)

LIST OF PROPOSED STUDENT ACTIVITIES I. INDUSTRIAL VISITS Imparting industrial visits to any one of the following industries to understand the real timeapplications 1. Soft Hands Software Services,# 12, 2nd Floor,Dadagapatty Gate, Salem – 6 2. Mahima Tech, Advaitha ashram road, Salem-6 3. PramuraSoftware Pvt Ltd, 12-A, II Floor, Sreevatsa Square, Mettupalayam Road, Coimbatore – 4. Industrial visit report has to be submitted by the students as assignment through Blackboard and

as hard copy to the faculty concerned.

II. SEMINARS Seminars to be organized on any one of the following topics in association with the IE(I)/ISTE and the students’ Technical Association of Computer Engineering Programme. 1. Dynamic memory management 2. Pointers and Real time usage of Stack III. CASE STUDIES Prepare diagram chart and display the following methods 1. Various sorting methods 2. String representation 3. Data representations etc. Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 25

IV. OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE / LEARNING WEBSITE  Turbo C/C++ that support c/c++ compiler  C Programming Fundamentals: http://www.c4learn.com/learn-c-programming-language  Data Structure Introduction: http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/video.php?subjectId=106102064  Data Structure Fundamentals: http://www.cprograms.in/index.html  Data structure video http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tORLeHHtazM

TEXT BOOKS YEAR OF PUBLISHING S.NO TITLE AUTHOR PUBLISHER / EDITION 1. BPB Publications, Lets us C Yeswanth Kanetkar Fourth Revised New Delhi Programming and Problem ISRD Group, Tata Mc-GrawHill, 2. Sixth Reprint 2010 Solving using C Lucknow NewDelhi New Age First Edition, 1996, 3. Programming in C D.Ravinchandran International Reprint 2001 Publishers, Chennai Schaum:s outlines, Indian Adapted 4. Data Structures SeyMour Lipshutz TMH Pvt. Ltd. New Edition 2006. Delhi. Reprint 2011. Data Structures A Dharmender Singh Prentice Hall of 5. Programming Kushwaha and Arun India, Second Edition 2012 approach with C Kumar Misra New Delhi

REFERENCE BOOKS

YEAR OF PUBLISHING S.NO TITLE AUTHOR PUBLISHER / EDITION

O’Reilly S hroff, 11th Indian 1. Practical C Programming Steve Oualline New Delhi Reprint Oct 2010 University Science Introduction to 2. Venkatesh .Baitipuli Press, First Edition, 2009 Datastructures Using C Chennai Richard F Gilberg First Edition, 2009, 3. Data structures andBe hrouz Second Edition New Delhi A.Forouzan

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 26

PART-A (5 X 2 = 10marks) Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy (ii) All questions carry equal marks Level

1. Define keyword with examples. I R 2. Why do we use break Statement in for loop? II U 3. Define Standard I/O functions. II R 4. Write down the syntax and usage of union. III R&U 5. What is null pointer? III R 6. Differentiate tree and graph. IV U 7. What is sequential search in tree? V U 8. Differentiate gets() and puts() function with the example. V R&U PART-B (5 X 3 = 15marks) Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 16 iscompulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy (ii) All questions carry equal marks Level

9. Write down the Structure of C Programming. I R

10. Write a C program to find the factorial of the given number. II Ap

11. Mention the two methods of initializing the string array. Give an example. III R

12. What is recursion? What is the advantage of using it? III U

13. Define Circular Queue and Priority Queue. IV U

14. State “in degree” and “out degree” of the graph V R

15. Differentiate Calloc () and Malloc (). V U

16. Write a program to print a name and mark of the student using union III Ap

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 27

PART-C (5 x 10 = 50marks)

Note: (i) Answer allthe questions choosing either sub-division (A) or Bloom’s Maximum sub-division (B) of eachquestion. Unit Taxonomy Marks (ii)All questions carry equal marks. Level

17. A. (i) Write down the features of C Programming. I U 5

(ii) Explain different Data types in ‘C’ with suitable examples I R&U 5

(OR) B. What is an operator? Explain arithmetic, relational, logical I R&U 10 operators in C language.

18. A. (i) Write a C program for Matrix Addition. II Ap 5

(ii) Explain any five string manipulation library functions with II U 5 examples. (OR) B. Explain different types of loops in C with syntax and example. II R&U 10

19. A. (i) Explain array of pointers with example. III U 5

(ii) Explain in detail about the classification of functions. III U 5

(OR)

B. Write a C program to maintain a record of “n” student details using an array of with four fields (Roll number, Name, Marks, III Ap 10 and Grade). Each field is of an appropriate data type. Print the marks of the student given student name as input.

20. A. (i) Write down the application of stack and Queue. IV U 5

(ii) Convert the following infix expression into postfix IV Ap 5 expression. (A+B) / C(C+D) – (D*E)

(OR)

B. Describe the creation of Single Linked list and explain the IV U 10 operations.

21. A. (i) What is binary tree? Write down the results after traversing the following tree in inorder, preorder and V U&Ap 5 postorder

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 28

(ii) Explain clearly, with an example, the concepts of the following: V U 5 (i) Directed graph. (ii) Undirected graph.

(OR)

B. Explain the Algorithm for Bubble sort and Insertion sort with V U 10 example.

Note:The question paper setters are requested to follow the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy levels as presented below:

Bloom’s Taxonomy Lower Order Thinking Skills (LOTs) Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs)

Level R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap- Apply An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create % to be included 90% 10%

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 29

THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM-636 005 (Autonomous Institution) DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING C PROGRAMMING AND INTRODUCTION TO DATA STRUCTURES Model Question Paper – II Year/Sem: II / III Max. Marks : 75 Code no: 15O – 7202 Time : 3 Hrs PART-A (5 X 2 = 10marks) Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy (ii) All questions carry equal marks Level

1. What is conditional operator? I R

2. Write down the usage of strcpy() function. II U

3. Write a syntax for if….else statement. II R

4. How to you declare members in Structure? III U

5. State the merits of linear representation of binary trees. V R

6. Define adjacency list. IV R

7. What is bubble sort? Give an example. V U

8. Can a structure variable be defined as member of another structure? Explain III R&U with an example. PART-B (5 X 3 = 15marks) Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 16 iscompulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy (ii) All questions carry equal marks Level

9. Write the diagrammatic representation of program execution process. I R

10. Write a syntax of Scanf() function with an example. II R

11. Differentiate between ceil() and floor() function. III U

12. Define pointer to pointer with an example program. III R

13. Write down the steps for evaluation of postfix expression. IV U

14. State the differences between arrays and linked lists. IV U

15. What is meant by articulation point in a graph? Give an example. V R

16. Why C is called Middle level Language? Also write the characteristics of C. III R&U

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 30

PART-C (5 x 10 = 50marks)

Note: (i)Answer allthe questions choosing either sub-division (A) or Bloom’s Maximum sub-division (B) of eachquestion. Unit Taxonomy Marks (ii)All questions carryequalmarks. Level 17 A (i) Write a C program to find the simple interest and compound I Ap 5 interest. (ii) Explain about C Tokens. I U 5 (OR) B Explain about formatted input and output statements. I U 10

18. A. (i) Explain about two dimensional array with an example. II U 5 (ii) Write a function to check whether a string is a palindrome or not. II Ap 5 (OR) B. Explain in detail about the branching statements. II U 10

19. A. (i) Write any five differences between structure and union. III U 5 (ii) Write a program to add the sum of numbers using pointers. III Ap 5 (OR) B. Explain the different categories of function with example program. III U 10

20. A. (i) Explain Doubly Linked list and Circular Linked list IV U 5 (ii) Why a linked list is called a dynamic data structure? What are the IV U 5 advantages of using linked lists over arrays? (OR) B. What is dynamic memory allocation? Write and explain the different IV U 10 dynamic memory allocation functions in C

21. A. (i) Write an algorithm for Binary searching V Ap 5 (ii) What is Quick Sort? Sort the following numbers 5, 9, 7, 1, 6, 2, 3, V Ap 5 10, 4, 8 using Quick sort. (OR) B. Explain the concept of tree Implementation and give an example V R 10

Note:The question paper setters are requested to follow the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy levels as presented below:

Bloom’s Taxonomy Lower Order Thinking Skills (LOTs) Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs)

Level R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap- Apply An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create % to be included 90% 10%

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 31

THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE

Programme : COMPUTER ENGINEERING Semester : III Course Code : 15O– 7203 Course Name : OPERATING SYSTEMS

TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION No. of weeks per semester: 15 weeks Examination Instructions Max. Marks Course Semester- Periods / Periods/ Continuous Duration End Total week Semester Assessment Examinations Operating 5 75 25 75 100 3 Hours Systems

TOPICS AND ALLOCATION OF PERIODS Unit No. Topics No. of Periods I INTRODUCTION TO OPERATING SYSTEMS 13 II PROCESS MANAGEMENT 14 III MEMORY MANAGEMENT 13 IV I/O AND FILE MANAGEMENT , SECURITY AND PROTECTION 12 V LINUX – A CASE STUDY 10 INDUSTRIAL VISIT 04 CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT TEST AND MODEL EXAMS 09 TOTAL 75

COURSE OUTCOMES

15O - 7203OPERATING SYSTEMS On successful completion of this course, students should be able to C303.1 : Illustrate the basic operating system components and its functionalities

C303.2 : Compare and analyze the process scheduling algorithms and understand the concepts of IPC, deadlocks

C303.3 : Classify the different types of memory and demonstrate management techniques

C303.4 : Illustrate various file and disk management strategies. C303.5 : Contrast the features, working of Linux Operating System

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 32

CO-PO&PSO’S MAPPING MATRIX

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PSO1 PSO2

C303.1 - 3 - - - - - 2 - 2 1 - C303.2 1 3 - - - - - 2 2 2 1 2 C303.3 1 3 - - - - - 2 2 3 1 2 C303.4 1 3 - - - - - 2 2 3 - 2 C303.5 - 3 3 3 - - - 2 2 3 - 2 C303 Total 3 15 3 3 - - - 10 8 13 3 8 Correlation Level 1 3 3 3 - - - 2 2 2.6 1 2

DETAILED SYLLABUS

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO OPERATING SYSTEMS ………..13 PERIODS

1.1 Basics of operating systems: Definition – Generations of Operating systems – Types of operating systems : Mainframe, Desktop, Multiprocessor, Distributed, Clustered, 4Per Multiprogramming, Real time, Embedded and Time sharing (Refer Web link :https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2i2N_Qo_FyM for basics of OS) 1.2. Operating System Components: Process Management component – Memory Management component – I/O Management component–File Management component – 3Per Protection System – Networking management component – Command interpreter (Refer Web link :https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VTQ6AC1gsaA for OS Components 1.3 Operating System Services: Process Execution – I/O operations – File manipulations – Communications – Error detection and recovery – Resource allocation – Accounting – 4Per System Protection – System Calls – System call Execution (Refer Web link :https://youtu.be/71a5FwfMdSk for OS services) 1.4. Operating System Structures: Simple structure, layered, monolithic, microkernel 2Per operating systems – Concept of Virtual Machine – Booting (Refer Web link :https://youtu.be/nupZRaaWohU for OS structures) UNIT – II PROCESS MANAGEMENT ………. 14PERIODS 2.1. Processes: Definition – Context switching – Processes Relationship – Process states– Process State transitions – Process Control Block – Context switching – Threads – Concept 4Per of multithreads – Benefits of threads – Types of threads (Refer Web link :https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bS3QuOQgUu8 for Process)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 33

2.2. Process Scheduling: Definition – Scheduling objectives – Types of schedulers – Scheduling criteria – CPU utilization, Throughput, Turnaround Time, Waiting Time, Response Time 4Per (Definition only) – Scheduling algorithms – Preemptive and Non-preemptive – FCFS – SJF – RR – Multiprocessor scheduling – Types – Performance evaluation of the scheduling (Refer Web link :https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AvPjOyeJbBM for process scheduling) 2.3. Interprocess Communication and Synchronization: Definition – Shared Memory System – 3Per Message passing – Critical section – Mutual Exclusion – Semaphores. (Refer Web link :https://youtu.be/4BInccFSKso for synchronization) 2.4. Deadlocks: Definition– Deadlock characteristics – Deadlock Prevention – Deadlock 3Per Avoidance, Banker’s Algorithm – Deadlock detection and Recovery. (Refer Web link :https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GvfjiA9jkTs for deadlocks) UNIT – III MEMORY MANAGEMENT ………. 13PERIODS 3 3.1. Basic Memory Management : Definition – Logical and physical address map – Memory allocation – Contiguous Memory allocation – Fixed and variable partition – Internal and 7Per External fragmentation and compaction – Paging – principle of operation – Page allocation – Hardware support for paging – Protection and sharing – Disadvantages of paging. (Refer Web link :https://youtu.be/Rnfu5qyysro for memory management) 3.2. Virtual Memory : Basics of Virtual Memory – Hardware and control structures – Locality of reference, page fault , working set , Dirty page/Dirty bit – Demand paging ( Concepts 6Per only) – Page Replacement policies – Optimal (OPT) , First in First Out (FIFO), Second Chance (SC), Not recently used (NRU) and Least Recently used (LRU) (Refer Web link :https://youtu.be/qlH4-oHnBb8 for virtual memory) UNIT – IV I/O AND FILE MANAGEMENT , SECURITY AND PROTECTION ……. 12 PERIODS 4.1. Disk Management: Disk Structure, Disk Scheduling and its algorithms, RAID TECHNOLOGY 4Per (Refer Web link :https://youtu.be/X63lwwQtpic for I/O Management) 4.2. File Management: File concept – File attributes – Name, Identifier, Type, Location, Size, Time, Date, user identification – File Operations – Directory Structure – Single level, Two levels, Tree Structure – Disk space allocation methods – Contiguous, Linked, Indexed 6Per Access Methods – Sequential, Random access – File system structure – Byte sequence, record sequence and Tree-based – Disk formatting (Refer Web link :https://youtu.be/fpxcL7tm2qM for file management) 4.3. Security and Protection: Security threats– Security Policies and Mechanisms – 2Per Authentications (Refer Web link :https://youtu.be/wm4fnWFYogs for security) UNIT – V LINUX – A CASE STUDY ………. 10 PERIODS 5.1. Introduction – History of Linux – Features of Linux– Differences between Windows and Linux – Linux Architecture -Popular Flavors of Linux-FSF/GNU-Linux Desktop: GNOME – 3Per KDE (Refer Web link :https://youtu.be/I8ik8pDTgJE for Linux

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 34

5.2 Process Management – Process creation – Process states – Running, Wait, Stopped, Zombie – Process scheduling Information – Memory Management – Access control – 4Per Caches – Buffer cache – Page cache – swap cache – hardware caches – Page allocation and De – allocation (Refer Web link :https://youtu.be/1fwxHAf1E88 for process management in Linux) 5.3 File System – ext2 – Virtual File System –different types of files-File Management – File 3Per Security – 3 levels – Mounting file system –Unmounting (Refer Web link :https://youtu.be/fpxcL7tm2qM for file system in Linux)

LIST OF PROPOSED STUDENT ACTIVITIES

I. INDUSTRIAL VISITS Imparting industrial visits to any one of the following industries to understand the real timeapplications 1. iClass -Five Roads,Salem-4 2. Blaze Dream Technologies – Nungambakkam, Chennai-6 3. FZ Software solutions – Avinashi road, Coimbatore – 14 Industrial visit report has to be submitted by the students as assignment through Blackboard and as hard copy to the faculty concerned.

III. CASE STUDIES Case study on the following Operating Systems 1. Windows 2. Fedora 3. Android

IV. OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE / LEARNING WEBSITE  cygwin.en.softonic.com [Open Source Linux Terminal]  www.nptel.ac.in

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 35

TEXT BOOKS YEAR OF S.NO TITLE AUTHOR PUBLISHER PUBLISHING/ EDITION Operating System Pearson 1. Internal and Design William Stallings Education, New 7th Edition Principles Delhi Operating System Sibsankar Haldas Pearson Education, 2. First Edition 2009 Concepts Alex A.Anand New Delhi Prentice Hall, Inc, Second Edition 3. Operating System Andrew S.Tanen Baum New Delhi 1997

REFERENCE BOOKS YEAR OF S.NO TITLE AUTHOR PUBLISHER PUBLISHING/ EDITION 1. Operating system, PHI Learning, New Pal Chaudhury First Edition 2009 Principals and Design Delhi 2. Operating System William stalling Pearson Education, Sixth edition 2011 New Delhi 3. Operating Systems Pearson Education, Third Edition , Deitel and Deitel New Delhi 2007 4. Operating System Firewall Media, New P.S. Gill First Edition, 2007 Concepts Delhi 5. Rohit Khurana Vikas Publishing Ltd, Operating System First Edition 2011 ITLESE Mumbai

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 36

THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM-636 005 (Autonomous Institution) DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING OPERATING SYSTEMS Model Question Paper –I Year/Sem: II / III Max. Marks : 75 Code no: 15O-7202 Time : 3 Hrs PART-A (5 X 2 = 10 marks) Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 8 Unit Bloom’s is compulsory Taxonomy Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks

What is Operating system? Is Operating system a system software or 1. I R&U application software?

2. Define deadlock and mention its characteristics. II R

3. Classify the different types of threads and list its benefits. II U

4. Define paging technique and point out its disadvantages. III R & U

List the four different page replacement policies used in memory 5. III R management.

6. What is the use of file attributes? List any four file attributes. IV R & U

7. Define the terms i) Page cache ii) Swap cache. V R & U

8. Consider a disk with the following characteristics: Number of surface =16Number of sectors / cylinder= 4096 II R Number of tracks per surface =2048Number of bytes per sector =512 What is the total size of this disk? PART-B (5 X 3 = 15 marks) Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 16 Unit Bloom’s is compulsory Taxonomy (ii) All questions carry equal marks Level

9. Give a concise explanation on the concept of booting. I R &U

10. What is a virtual machine (VM)? Mention any one benefit of using VM I U

11. Define the following scheduling criteria i)Throughput ii) Turnaround time II R iii)Response time

12. Mention the need for page replacement policies and list any four of its III U types.

13. Draw the disk structure and mention any four types of disk scheduling IV R & U algorithms.

14. List down any six authentication techniques available in security mechanism. IV R & U

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 37

15. Give any six differences between Windowsand Linux. V R

16. Apply SJF algorithm to calculate the waiting time for the processes given and II AP also draw the Gantt Chart. Process Arrival Time Service Time P1 0 8 P2 1 4 P3 2 9 P4 3 5

PART-C (5 x 10 = 50marks)

Note: (i) Answer allthe questions choosing either sub-division (A) or Bloom’s Maximum sub-division (B) of eachquestion. Unit Taxonomy Marks (ii)All questions carry equal marks. Level

17 A (i) Explain about any two types of operating system in detail I U 5 (ii) Give a detailed account on I/O management component I U 5 used in operating system

(OR) B Explain in detail about the different operating system I U 10 services

18. A. (i) Write in detail about SJF scheduling. II U 5 (ii) With diagram, explain about process control block. II R &U 5 (OR) B. With algorithm clearly explain the concept of critical II U 10 section, Semaphores and mention its importance in mutual exclusion.

19. A. (i) Explain about contiguous memory allocation. III U 5 (ii) With neat diagrams explain the concept of Internal III U 5 fragmentation (OR)

B. With neat diagrams explain the following page replacement III U 10 policies i) FIFO ii)LRU

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 38

20. A (i) What is RAID technology? Explain about the four levels of IV U 5 RAID

(ii) Elaborate single and two level directory structures. IV U 5 (OR) B Explain in detail about the security policies and IV U 10 mechanisms.

21 A (i) Summarize the features of Linux. V U 5 (ii) Explain the various process states in Linux V U 5 (OR) B. Explain in detail about Linux architecture and also explain V U 10 the VFS

Note:The question paper setters are requested to follow the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomylevel as presented below:

Bloom’s Taxonomy Lower Order Thinking Skills (LOTs) Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs)

Level R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap- Apply An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create % to be included 90% 10%

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 39

THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM-636 005 (Autonomous Institution) DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING OPERATING SYSTEMS Model Question Paper –II Year/Sem: II / III Max. Marks : 75 Code no: 15O-7202 Time : 3 Hrs PART-A (5 X 2 = 10 marks) Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 8 Unit Bloom’s is compulsory Taxonomy Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks

1. With examples differentiate System software and Application software. I R&U

2. List the process states that a process can attain in its life cycle II R

What do you infer from term Race condition? Mention the technique used 3. II R &U to overcome it.

4. Mention any four disadvantages of paging technique III R& U

5. Define the terms i)LOR ii)Dirty bit III R

6. Draw the tree based directory structure and state any one benefit. IV R& U

7. What is virtual file system and list any two benefits V R& U

With the help of a diagram show the steps involved in making the following 8. II R system call: read (fd, buffer, nbytes) PART-B (5 X 3 = 15 marks) Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 16 Unit Bloom’s is compulsory Taxonomy (ii) All questions carry equal marks Level

9. State the need, function and any two commands of I/O management I U component.

10. What is context switching? How it is useful in time sharing systems? II U

11. What is Booting? Mention the step by step procedure in booting. I U

12. State any three differences between single and multiple threads. II U

13. State any three differences between Fixed and Variable partitions III U

14. Define the following terms i)Sector ii)Track iii) Cylinder IV R & U

15. List the three types of file permission to users and also mention its V R equivalent numeric codes.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 40

16. How to calculate number of bits in logical address and physical address III AP when logical address space of 8 pages of 1024 word each, mapped to physical memory of 32 frames?

PART-C (5 x 10 = 50marks)

Note: (i) Answer allthe questions choosing either sub-division (A) or Bloom’s Maximum sub-division (B) of eachquestion. Unit Taxonom Marks (ii)All questions carry equal marks. y Level

17 A (i) Explain about any two types of operating system in detail I U 5 (ii)Give a detailed account on I/O management component I U 5 used in operating system (OR) B Explain in detail about the different operating system I U 10 services.

18. A. (i) Write in detail about SJF scheduling. II R &U 5 (ii) With diagram, explain about process control block. II R &U 5 (OR) B. With algorithm clearly explain the concept of critical section, II U 10 Semaphores and mention its importance in mutual exclusion.

19. A. (i) Explain about contiguous memory allocation. III U 5 (ii) With diagrammatic projection explain the hardware III R & U 5 support for paging. (OR) B. Explain about the hardware and control structures and the III R & U 10 concept of demand paging in virtual memory.

20. A (i) Explain any one disk scheduling algorithm in detail IV R & U 5 (ii) What is disk formatting? Explain its types in detail. IV U 5 (OR) B Illustrate the different file access methods and file structures IV U 10 available.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 41

21 A (i) Give a brief account on Linux architecture V R & U 5 (ii) List down any ten differences Windows and Linux V U 5 (OR) B. What is a cache? Explain in detail about the four caches V U 10 available in Linux

Note:The question paper setters are requested to follow the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy levels as presented below:

Bloom’s Taxonomy Lower Order Thinking Skills (LOTs) Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs)

Level R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap- Apply An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create % to be included 90% 10%

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 42

THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM Programme : COMPUTER ENGINEERING Semester : III Course Code : 15O – 7204 Course Name : ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS PRACTICAL

TEACHING ANDSCHEME OF EXAMINATION No. of weeks per semester: 15 weeks Examination Instructions Max. Marks Course Semester- Periods / Periods / Continuous Duration End Total week Semester Assessment Examinations Electrical and Electronics 6 90 25 75 100 3 Hours Practical

COURSE OUTCOMES

15O – 7204 ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS PRACTICAL On successful completion of this course, students should be able to C304.1 : Construct, build, develop and experiment using electrical devices. C304.2 : Build and check the characteristics of PN junction and Zener diode and transistor. C304.3 : Construct and test arithmetic circuits, counters and register.

CO-PO&PSO’S MAPPING MATRIX

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PSO1 PSO2 C304.1 3 - 3 1 - - - - 3 3 2 - C304.2 3 - 3 1 - - - - 3 3 2 - C304.3 2 - 3 1 - - - - 3 3 2 - C304 Total 8 - 9 3 - - - - 9 9 8 - Correlation 2.6 - 3 1 - - - - 3 3 2.6 - Level

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 43

LAB EXERCISES 1 a. Measure current, voltage and resistance using various test meters Ammeter, Voltmeter and multi meter. b. Checking of Power Supply– SMPS. 2 Determine the holding current of SCR and draw the VI characteristic curve. 3 Observe waveforms of A.C. Voltage and current on CRO. Determine amplitude and phase and understand the concepts of lagging and leading 4 Determine efficiency and voltage regulation of single phase transformer by direct loading method. 5 Draw the forward bias and reverse bias characteristics of a PN Junction diode and determine the forward resistance of the diode 6 Draw the forward and reverse bias characteristics of a Zener diode. 7 Draw the characteristics of Common Emitter Configuration and determine its input impedance, output impedance and current gain. 8 Construct and test full- wave rectifier and bridge rectifier circuit. 9 Verify truth tables of logic gates using IC 7404, 7408, 7432, 7402, 7400,7486 10 Verify De-Morgan’s Theorems. 11 Construct Half adder and full adder circuits using ICs and verify their truth table 12 Construct Half subtractorand full sub tractor using ICs and verify their truth table 13 Verify the operation of a multiplexer and de-multiplexer using IC’s 14 Implement and Test RS, JK, T and D flip-flops. 15 Construct and test 4-bit ripple counter and observe the output waveform 16 Construct and test synchronous counter and observe the output waveform. 17 Construct and test 4-bit shift registers

SCHEME OF VALUATION ALLOCATION OF MARKS Write up any One Experiment (Circuit Diagram, 1 30 Tabular column, Truth table/ Equation /Formula ) 2 Construction 30 3 Result 10 4 Viva-Voce 05 Total 75

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 44

LIST OF EQUIPMENTS / COMPONENTS REQUIRED EQUIPMENTS

S.No Name of the Equipment Range Required Nos

1. Digital Multimeter - 3

2. Ammeter (0-50) mA 6

3. Voltmeter (0-20) V, (0-1v) 6

4. Power supply (0-30)V 6

5. Digital Trainer Kit - 6

6. Bread Board - 6

7. Fixed dual power Supply 0-15 V 2

8. Signal generator 1 MHz 2

9. CRO Dual Trace 30 MHz 6

10. Single Phase Transformer - 2

11. SCR - 5

COMPONENTS S.No Name of the components RANGE

1. Resistors 150Ω, 1KΩ, 2.2KΩ,10KΩ,220Ω

2. Capacitor 10µF, 4.7µF

3. PN Diode IN4007

4. Zener Diode Z11.1

5. Transistor SL100,CL100 7400, 7402, 7404, 7408, 7432, 7486, 6. IC 74161, 74153, 74139, 7476, 74194 7. Transistor SL100

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 45

THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM

Programme : COMPUTER ENGINEERING Semester : III Course Code : 15O – 7205 Course Name : C PROGRAMMING AND DATA STRUCTURES PRACTICAL

TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION No. of weeks per semester: 15 weeks Examination Instructions Max. Marks Course Semester- Periods/ Periods / Continuous Duration End Total week Semester Assessment Examinations C Programming and Data 6 90 25 75 100 3 Hours structures Practical

COURSE OUTCOMES

15O – 7205 C PROGRAMMING AND DATA STRUCTURES PRACTICAL On successful completion of this course, students should be able to C305.1 : Create simple and complex programs using C programming language C305.2 : Create simple and complex programs using data structures

CO-PO&PSO’S MAPPING MATRIX

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PSO1 PSO2 C305.1 3 3 3 3 - - - 3 3 3 - 3 C305.2 - 3 3 3 - - - 3 3 3 - 3 C305 Total 3 6 6 6 - - - 6 6 6 - 6 Correlation 3 3 3 3 - - - 3 3 3 - 3 Level

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 46

LAB EXERCISES PART A 1. Write a C Program to calculate Simple and Compound interest 2. Write a C Program to swap two variables using (i) third variable and (ii) without using a third variable. 3. Write a C Program to find the largest number between given three numbers. 4. Write a Program to check whether the given string is palindrome or not. 5. Read a string, which consists of both lower case characters and upper case characters. Convert the lowercase character into upper case and vice versa. Display the new string. 6. Write a Program to prepare the total marks for N students by reading the Regno, Name, Mark1 to Mark6 by using array of structures. . 7. Write a function to calculate the sum and average of given three numbers. Write a main function to call the above function 8. Using pointers, find the length of the given string. 9. Write a program to print the address of a variable and increase the content by 5 and print the new value. PART B 10. Read an integer number. Find the number of digits and sum of all individual digits and also print the above number in reverse order. 11. Using Switch… Case Statement, print the given number into equivalent Word. ( For example if the input is 3, then the output should be THREE) 12. Write a program to arrange the given N names in alphabetical order. 13. Write a program to read a string S1 from the terminal. Again read a string S2 from the terminal and check the given string S2 in the string S1. If it does, remove string S2 from the string S1 and print the updated string S1. ( For example S1 = Concatenate and S2 = cat , then the final result should be “Conenate” 14. Write a Program to read ten values to an array variable. Use pointers to locate and display each value. 15. Write a C program to print the abbreviation of an Organization Name. (For example if the input is “BHARAT HEAVY ELECTRONICS LIMITED” , then the output should be “BHEL”.) 16. Write a Program to copy contents of one file to another file. Also find the number of characters, lines and words in the above file. 17. Write a C program to sort ‘n’ numbers using bubble sort. 18. Write a C program to create a singly linked list containing at least five elements. Make necessary assumptions. 19. Write a C program to create a binary tree.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 47

SCHEME OF VALUATION

ALLOCATION OF MARKS Writing any one program from PART – A 10 Marks Writing any one program from PART – B 15 Marks Executing program (PART – A) 15 Marks Executing program (PART – B) 20 Marks Result with printout ( PART – A) 5 Marks Result with printout ( PART – B) 5 Marks VIVA – VOCE 5 Marks TOTAL 75 Marks

S. No. LIST OF EQUIPMENTS Total Nos 1 Desktop Computers 36 Nos. 2 Laser Printer 4 Nos.

S. No. LIST OF SOFTWARE SUGGESTED 1 TURBO C – Compiler with Editor

SPOKEN TUTORIAL  Spoken Tutorial based training workshop on C can be included for 2 hours during the Practical Hours.  After Completion of workshop, students can revise the tutorials for 2-3 weeks.  All the students will compulsorily undergo 1 hour online assessment test conducted by Spoken Tutorial project team, IIT Bombay.  Certificates will be issued to all passed out candidates by Spoken Tutorial, IIT Bombay.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 48

THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM

Programme : COMPUTER ENGINEERING Semester : III Course Code : 15O – 7206 Course Name : OPERATING SYSTEMS PRACTICAL

TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION No. of weeks per semester: 15 weeks Examination Instructions Max. Marks Course Semester- Periods/ Periods/ Continuous Duration End Total week Semester Assessment Examinations Operating Systems 4 60 25 75 100 3 Hours Practical

COURSE OUTCOMES

15O – 7206 OPERATING SYSTEM PRACTICAL On successful completion of this course, students should be able to C306.1 : Analyze the built in commands in Linux and Windows and program in AWK language C306.2 : Understand and create simple programs in Shell script.

CO-PO&PSO’S MAPPING MATRIX

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PSO1 PSO2 C306.1 - 3 3 3 - - 1 3 2 3 - 2 C306.2 2 3 3 3 - - 1 3 2 3 - 2 C306 Total 2 6 6 6 - - 2 6 4 6 - 4 Correlation 2 3 3 3 - - 1 3 2 3 - 2 Level

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 49

LAB EXERCISES

PART – A LINUX / WINDOWS COMMANDS Write down the syntax and usage of the following exercise with all options. Check the commands with the system 1 (a) Logon to UNIX and logoff [Linux and Windows ] (b) Usage of directory management commands: Linux- ls,cd,pwd, mkdir,rmdirWindows– md,cd,rd, tree (c) Usage of File Management commands: Linux - cat, chmod,cp,mv,rm,more, file commands, Windows – Copy con , edit , ren, del , move 2. Use the general purpose commands: wc, od, lp, cal , date, who , tty ,ln 3. Using the simple filters: Linux -pr, head, tail, cut, paste, nl, sortWindows – more, find, sort 4. Advanced filters : Search for a pattern using grep, egrep and fgrep 5. To know the details of process management commands Linux-ps command , nohup, kill, nice: Windows – tasklist, tskill, taskkill 6. Communication Commands: news, write, mail, wall, calendar 7. Device pattern using meta character to match each of the following situation:- a. All two character filenames. b. All filenames consisting of two lowercase letters. c. All filenames ending with .c. d. All filenames beginning with a c and ending with a digit. e. All filenames beginning with p and having at somewhere.

PART – B SHELL SCRIPTS 8. Write a shell-script that accepts a numerical value N. Then display the decrementing value of N till it reaches 0. 9. Linux Communication commands: hostname, ipcalc, ping, traceroute, finger 10. Using the awk, Display roll no., branch and marks of a given student 11. Write a shell-script that takes three command line arguments. The first argument is the name of the destination file and the other two arguments are names of files to be placed in the destination file. 12. Write a Shell script to print contents of file from given line number to next given number of lines 13. a)Shell script to say Good morning/Afternoon/Evening as you log in to system b) Write a shell-script that print out date information in this order: Sys time and date, day of the week, day number and year – that is like this. 13:55:00 IST Fri 15 Apr 2016 14. Write a shell-scriptthat tells you its name and PID, current path, system info commands.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 50

15. Develop a Basic math Calculator using case statement 16. Write a shell-script that takes a login name as a command line argument and reports to you when that person logs in. Have it sent a greeting to that person. 17. Write a shell-script that takes a command line argument and reports on whether it is a directory, a file or something else.

SCHEME OF VALUATION ALLOCATION OF MARKS Commands in PART – A 10 Marks Execution of Commands in PART – A 15 Marks Program in (PART – B) 15 Marks Executing of program in(PART – B) 20 Marks Result with printout ( PART – A) 5 Marks Result with printout ( PART – B) 5 Marks VIVA – VOCE 5 Marks TOTAL 75 Marks

S. No. LIST OF EQUIPMENTS Total Nos 1 Desktop Computers 36 Nos. (1 Linux Server) 2 Laser Printer 4 Nos.

S. No. LIST OF SOFTWARE SUGGESTED 1 Linux Operating System 2 Windows Operating System

SPOKEN TUTORIAL  Spoken Tutorial based training workshop on Linux can be included for 2 hours during the Practical Hours.  After Completion of workshop, students can revise the tutorials for 2-3 weeks.  All the students will compulsorily undergo 1 hour online assessment test conducted by Spoken Tutorial project team, IIT Bombay.  Certificates will be issued to all passed out candidates by Spoken Tutorial, IIT Bombay.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 51

THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM

Programme : COMPUTER ENGINEERING Semester : III Course Code : 15O-7207 Course Name : WEB DESIGNING PRACTICAL TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION No. of weeks per semester: 15 weeks Examination Instructions Max. Marks Course Semester- Periods/ Periods/ Continuous Duration End Total week Semester Assessment Examinations Web Designing 4 60 25 75 100 3 Hours Practical

COURSE OUTCOMES

15O – 7207 WEB DESIGNING PRACTICAL On successful completion of this course, students should be able to C307.1 : Develop and execute simple Static Client Side Web Pages using HTML. C307.2 : Develop dynamic web pages using CSS.

CO-PO&PSO’S MAPPING MATRIX

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PSO1 PSO2 C307.1 - 3 3 3 - - 1 2 2 3 - 2 C307.2 - 3 3 3 - - 1 2 2 3 - 2 C307 Total - 6 6 6 - - 2 4 4 6 - 4 Correlation - 3 3 3 - - 1 2 2 3 - 2 Level

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 52

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS PART-A 1. Create a Web Page in HTML to your polytechnic containing a description of the courses offered. It should also contain some general information about the college such as its history, the campus, its unique features and so on. The site should be colored &each section should have a different color 2. Create a Web Page in HTML to show your brief curriculum vita. To show your academic history using Table Tag. 3. Create a Web Page in HTML to show varies stationary Items using Order List, Unordered List, and Definition List Tags. 4. Create a web page in HTML with appropriate content and insert an image towards the left-hand side of the page. When user clicks on the image, it should open another webpage. 5. Create a Web Page in HTML about your friends. List your friends. Each friend’s name is a link. Prepare separate HTML documents for each friend and call them in the appropriate link. 6. Create Web Page in HTML to show books in inventory in different tables using Row Span and Column Span. 7. Create a Web Page for Mobile shopping Advertisement using Four Frame (Picture, Table, List, and Hyperlink). 8. Create a Web Page in HTML to show bank account opening form. 9. Create a Web Page in HTML to create a login form. On submitting the form, the user should get navigated to a profile page. 10. Create a Web Page in HTML to illustrate Embedded Multimedia. PART-B 11. Create a Web Page in HTML CSS to create a time table for the class using different border style. 12. Create a Web Page in HTML CSS to create an online Editor using Dropdown navigation bar. 13. Create a Web Page in HTML to village development home page using inline CSS. 14. Create a Web Page in HTML to Tourism Gallery using internal CSS. 15. Create a Web Page in HTML to show E-Shopping Site like (www.Flipkart.com) using External CSS.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 53

SCHEME OF VALUATION

ALLOCATION OF MARKS Writing answer For any one Program From PART-A 10 Marks Writing answer For any one Program From PART-B 15 Marks Executing Program(PART-A) 15 Marks Executing Program(PART-B) 20 Marks Result With Printout(PART-A) 5 Marks Result With Printout(PART-B) 5 Marks VIVA-VOCE 5 Marks TOTAL 75 Marks

S. No. LIST OF EQUIPMENT Total Nos 1 Desktop Computers 36 Nos. 2 Laser Printer 4 Nos.

S. No. LIST OF SOFTWARE SUGGESTED 1 Text Editor 2 HTML Supporting Browser (Any One)  Internet Explorer 10  Opera 11.60  Chrome 19

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 54

SEMESTER - IV

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 55

THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM

Programme : COMPUTER ENGINEERING Semester : IV Course Code : 15O - 7208 Course Name : COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE

TOPICS AND ALLOCATION OF PERIODS Unit No. Topics No. of Periods I BASICS OF COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE 13 II BASIC COMPUTER ORGANIZATION AND DESIGN 12 III INPUT - OUTPUT MODULE 12 IV MEMORY ORGANIZATION 13 INTRODUCTION TO MICROPROCESSORS AND ADVANCED V 12 PROCESSOR ARCHITECTURE INDUSTRIAL VISIT 04 CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT TEST AND MODEL EXAMS 09 TOTAL 75

COURSE OUTCOMES 15O – 7208 COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE After successful completion of this course the students will be able to C401.1 : Understand the basics of Computer Architecture C401.2 : Acquire knowledge on basic computer organization and design C401.3 : Explain data transfer and Input / Output module : Understand the different types of memory also explainsabout the associative memory, C401.4 cache memory and virtual memory. : Infer the knowledge about introduction to microprocessor and advanced processor C401.5 architecture.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 56

CO-PO&PSO’S MAPPING MATRIX

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PSO1 PSO2

C401.1 1 3 - - - - - 2 2 2 3 - C401.2 - 3 - - - - - 2 2 2 3 - C401.3 - 3 - - - - - 2 2 2 3 - C401.4 - 3 - - - - - 2 2 2 3 - C401.5 - 3 - - - - - 2 2 3 3 - C401 Total 1 15 - - - - - 10 10 11 15 - Correlation 1 3 - - - - - 2 2 2.2 3 - Level

DETAILED SYLLABUS UNIT I BASICS OF COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE ……. 13PERIODS 1.1 Register Transfer Language: Register Transfer Language – Register transfer – control 3Per function – Bus transfer- Memory transfer (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/Tus1Tjhnd2w for registers) 1.2 Micro operations and ALU: Arithmetic micro operations – Binary adder – subtractor, incremental, 4 bit arithmetic circuit; Logic micro operations – One stage logic circuit – 3Per applications – Shift micro operations – 4 bit combinational circuit shifter – stages of ALU (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/6L9hDBu3pyE for micro ALU operations) 1.3. Central Processing Unit: Major components of CPU – General register organization – Bus system – register set with common ALU – Memory stack – Stack limits – Reverse polish 4Per notation – Evaluation of arithmetic expression (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/GQM7Hv9q480 for CPU in CA) 1.4 Control Unit : Structure of control unit – Fetch, indirect, execute, and interrupt cycles – 3Per instruction cycle – Difference between Hardwired controlµ programmed control (Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=baUNVfDlTUw for control unit) UNIT II BASIC COMPUTER ORGANIZATION AND DESIGN …… 12 PERIODS Instruction Codes and Computer Register: Stored Program Organization – Indirect 2.1. 3Per Address – Common Bus System (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/HbsuwpJgKao for instruction codes) Computer Instructions & Timing and Control: Instruction Set Completeness – Timing and 2.2. 3Per Control (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/uMgYwDokXi4 for timing control)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 57

Instruction Cycle and Memory Reference Instructions: Fetch and Decode – Determine the 2.3. type of Instruction – Register – Reference Instructions. Memory Reference Instructions: 3Per AND to AC, ADD to AC, LDA: Load to AC, STA: Store AC, Control Flow chart (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/fpVCZfF3PdE for memory references instructions) Input – Output and Interrupt & Complete Computer Description: Input-Output 2.4 3Per Configuration – Input-Output Instructions – Program Interrupt – Interrupt Cycle (Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3YHAOib_7K8 for I/O and interrupts) UNIT III INPUT – OUTPUT MODULE …… 12PERIODS 3.1. Input output Interface : Need for I/O interface, I/O bus and interface, I/O commands, 3Per Example of I/O interface (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/hyXGB8UYDVg for I/O interfaces) 3.2. Asynchronous Data Transfer: Strobe control, handshaking, Asynchronous serialtransfer, 3Per Asynchronous communication interface (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/Eyf24_7o-nM for Asynchronous data transfer) 3.3. Modes of transfer: Programmed I/OInterrupt initiated I/O-vectored interrupt, non- vectored interrupt, Priority interrupt, Interrupt controller,DMA –DMA controller, DMA 3Per transfer (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/Eyf24_7o-nM for modes of transfer) 3.4 I/O Processor: CPU-IOP communication, Serial communication. 3Per (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/tn45bY-EA8Y for I/O Processor) UNIT IV MEMORY ORGANISATION ………. 13 PERIODS 4.1. Memory Organization: Memory Hierarchy – Main memory –Auxiliary memory 3Per (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/SZu2pchW54Q for memory organization) 4.2. Associative Memory: Hardware organization, Match Logic– Read operation-Write 3Per operation (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/3eriC-pIQKg for associative memory) 4.3. Cache Memory: Need for cache memory – Organization –Operational principle – 3Per Mapping Techniques – Cache initialization (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/jyu5RKDwkTA for cache memory) 4.4 Virtual Memory: Address space – Memory Space – Address mapping – Associative 4Per memory page table – Page Replacement (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/qcBIvnQt0Bw?list=PLiwt1iVUib9s2Uo5BeYmwkDFUh70fJPxX for virtual memory) UNIT V INTRODUCTION TO MICROPROCESSORS AND ADVANCED PROCESSOR ARCHITECTURE ….... 12 PERIODS 5.1 Microprocessor: Block diagram of 8086- Registers: segment registers, address: 5Per effective address, flag registers and application of microprocessor (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/liRPtvj7bFU?list=PL0E131A78ABFBFDD0 for microprocessor)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 58

5.2 Parallel Processing: Parallel Processing – Flynn’s Classification of Parallel Processing – 4Per Vector Computers – Array Processors – Distributed Shared Memory Parallel Computers. (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/q7sgzDH1cR8 for parallel processing) 5.3 Pipe Lining: instruction pipeline – arithmetic pipeline – pipelining in super scalar 3Per processors (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/DxOGkwFQ8EU for pipelining)

LIST OF PROPOSED STUDENT ACTIVITIES I. INDUSTRIAL VISITS Imparting industrial visits to any one of the following industries to understand the real time applications 1. Intel Technology India Private Limited, No. 21, Old Airport Road, HAL Airport Road, Kodihalli, Bengaluru, Karnataka 560008 2. Qualcomm, No 8, Floors 1,3,4,5 Mindspace, Hitec City Rd, Madhapur, Hyderabad, Telangana 500081 3. Frontline Electronics Pvt. Ltd. Pandian street, Alagapuram, Salem - 636016, Tamilnadu, India Industrial visit report has to be submitted by the students as assignment through Blackboard and as hard copy to the faculty concerned.

[[[[ II. SEMINARS Seminars to be organized on any one of the following topics in association with the IE(I)/ISTE and the students’ Technical Association of Computer Engineering Programme. 1. 21st Century computer architectures 2. Memory technology and optimization

III. OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE / LEARNING WEBSITE  http://www.ddegjust.ac.in/studymaterial/msc-cs/ms-07.pdf  http://www.learnerstv.com/lectures.php?course=ltv086&cat=Computer-Science  http://www.tutorialspoint.com/computer_logical_organization/cpu_architecture.htm TEXT BOOKS: YEAR OF S.NO TITLE AUTHOR PUBLISHER PUBLISHIN G/EDITION Prentice –Hall of Third 1. Computer System Architecture M.MORRIS MANO India Pvt Limited, Edition New Delhi Computer Pearson Organization and Architecture Eighth 2. William Stallings Publications, New Designing for Edition Yark city Performance

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 59

REFERNENCE BOOKS: YEAR OF S.NO TITLE AUTHOR PUBLISHER PUBLISHING /EDITION McGraw-Hill V.Carlhamacher, International Computer 1. ZvonkoG.Vransic, Editions-Computer Fifth Edition Organization SafgatG.Zaky science series, New Delhi David A. Patterson Computer Organization Morgan Kauffman 2. and John L. Fifth edition andDesign / Elsevier, New Delhi Hennessey Computer Tata McGraw Hill, Third 3. Architecture and John P. Hayes New Delhi Edition Organization

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 60

THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM-636 005 (Autonomous Institution) DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE Model Question Paper – I Year/Sem: II / III Max. Marks : 75 Code no: 15O-7208 Time : 3 Hrs PART-A (5 X 2 = 10 marks) Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy (ii) All questions carry equal marks Level

1. How will you make changes in hardwired control and micro programmed I U control? 2. What are the basic symbols used in register transfer notation? State the I U meaning of the symbolic form R2 ← R1 3. List out any two instruction code format. II R 4. What are the two methods used for asynchronous data transfer? III R 5. In interrupt initiated I/O, what are the two ways available to choose the III U branch address of the service routine? 6. How can you perform read operation in Associative memory? IV U 7. Define Microprocessor. V R 8. List down three key areas that limits the performance of superscalar V U techniques. PART-B (5 X 3 = 15 marks)

Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy (ii) All questions carry equal marks Level

9. How will you evaluate the arithmetic expression? Give an example. I U 10. Draw a neat sketch of control flow chart. II R 11. Write down any three memory reference instructions. II R 12. What is DMA data transfer? State its use. III U 13. What are the main advantages of using Input / Output interface? III U 14. What is meant by locality of reference? IV U 15. How the computer organization is categorized according to Flynn’s V U classification? 16. How is a block found in a cache? IV U

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 61

PART-C (5 x 10 = 50marks)

Note: (i) Answer allthe questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub- Bloom’s Maximum division (B) of eachquestion. Unit Taxono Marks (ii)All questions carry equal marks. my Level

17. A. (i) Explain the major components of CPU. I R&U 5 (ii) Convert the following arithmetic expression from reverse polish I Ap 5 notation to infix notation: ABXYZ+*–/ (OR) B. Explain the structure of control unit and discuss the following i. Hardwired control unit I U 10 ii. Micro programmed control unit

18. A. (i) What is indirect address? Explain with diagram. II U 5 (ii) Explain the following Memory reference instructions with example : i. AND to AC II U 5 ii. ADD to AC iii. LDA: Load to AC iv. STA: Store AC (OR) B. How can interrupt is recognized? Explain the interrupt cycle. II U 10

19. A. (i) What are interrupts? III R&U 5 Explain different types of interrupts. (ii) Explain CPU – IOP Communication. III R&U 5 (OR) B. With a neat block diagram, explain how DMA controller is initialized III R&U 10 for DMA data Transfer.

20. A. (i) What is cache memory? Explain the ‘hit ratio’ associated with IV U 5 cache memory. (i) Why page-table is required in a virtual memory system? Explain IV U 5 different ways of organizing a page table. (OR) B. What is memory hierarchy? Draw a neat diagram. How to exploit IV R&U 10 memory hierarchy?

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 62

21. A. (i) What is Distributed Shared Memory? Explain with a neat diagram. V R&U 5 (i) Explain about super scalar processor. V U 5 (OR) B. Explain in detail about Flynn’s Classification. V R&U 10

Note:The question paper setters are requested to follow the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy levels as presented below:

Bloom’s Taxonomy Lower Order Thinking Skills (LOTs) Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs)

Level R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap- Apply An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create % to be included 90% 10%

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 63

THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM-636 005 (Autonomous Institution) DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE Model Question Paper – II Year/Sem: II / III Max. Marks : 75 Code no: 15O-7208 Time : 3 Hrs

PART-A (5 X 2 = 10 marks) Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy (ii) All questions carry equal marks Level

1. What is a control function? Give an example. I R&U

2. The content of two 8 bit registers AL and BL in hexadecimal notation are I Ap F2,FF respectively. What will be the values of these registers after executing the following micro-operation : AL AL + BL

3. What is mean by fetch and decode? II R

4. What is the use of strobe control? Write one disadvantage of strobe control III U method? 5. List out the types of interrupt. III R 6. What is a seek time? What is a transfer time? IV R 7. Define super scalar processors. V R 8. How do you improve the cache performance? IV U PART-B (5 X 3 = 15 marks)

Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy (ii) All questions carry equal marks Level

9. Convert 3 / (5 + y * x) into Reverse Polish Notation. I Ap 10. State instruction set completeness. II R 11. Discuss the properties of an ideal instruction set computer. II U 12. What is the function of interrupt controller? III U 13. Why do we need virtual memory? III U 14. State the advantages of cache memory. IV U 15. How do you perform address mapping using pages? V R 16. How does a programmer access the subroutines within the library if he IV U does not know the starting address of each routine? Explain.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 64

PART-C (5 x 10 = 50marks)

Note: (i) Answer allthe questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub-division (B) Bloom’s of each question. Maximum Unit Taxono Marks (ii)All questions carry equal marks. my Level

17. A. (i)Design a hardware circuit by using common bus architecture to I Ap 5 implement thefollowing Register Transfer Languages. P: A1_ A2 Q: A2_ A3 R: A4_ A1 S: A3_A4, A1_A4 Where A1, A2, A3, A4 are one bit register (ii)Give the comparison between & examples of hardwired control I U 5 unit and micro programmed control unit. (OR) B. Find the prefix and postfix notation for the following infix expression: I Ap 10 i. A/B^C+D*E-A*C ii. A /B^C + D * E – A * C iii. A * (B+C–D/E)/F# iv. A * B + (C – D/E)

18. A. (i)Explain in detail about Common bus system. II U 5 (ii)What is the function of Interrupt cycle? Explain. II U 5

B. Explain all the phases of instruction cycle. II U 10

19. A. (i)What is the need of I/O interface? Explain I/O bus and interface. III R & U 5

(ii)What do you mean by initialization of DMA controller? How DMA III U 5 controller works? Explain with a suitable block diagram.

B. What are the interrupts? Explain different types of interrupts. III R & U 10

20. A. (i)Discuss the main features of associative memory Page Table. How IV R & U 5 does it work inmapping the virtual address into Physical memory address?

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 65

(ii)Consider a cache (M1) and memory (M2) hierarchy with the IV U 5 followingcharacteristics: M1 : 16 K words, 50 ns access time M2 : 1 M words, 400 ns access time Assume 8 words cache blocks and a set size of 256 words with set associativemapping. (i)Show the mapping between M2 and M1. (ii)Calculate the Effective Memory Access time with a cachehit ratio of h = .95

B. Explain in detail the different mappings used for cache memory. IV R &U 10 Compare them.

21. A. (i)Compare instruction pipeline and arithmetic pipeline. V U 5

(ii)Formulate a four segment instruction pipeline for a computer. V U 5 Specify the operation to be performed in each segment.

B. Draw the block diagram of 8086 and explain the function of each V R&U 10 block.

Note: The question paper setters are requested to follow the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy levels as presented below:

Bloom’s Taxonomy Lower Order Thinking Skills (LOTs) Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs) Level R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap- Apply An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create % to be included 90% 10%

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 66

THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM

Programme : COMPUTER ENGINEERING Semester : IV Course Code : 15O - 7209 Course Name : COMPUTER NETWORKS

TOPICS AND ALLOCATION OF PERIODS Unit No. Topics No. of Periods I BASICS OF COMPUTER NETWORK 09 II TRANSMISSION MEDIA AND DEVICES 10 III OSI MODEL 10 IV TCP/IP SUIT 10 V LAN PROTOCOLS 08 INDUSTRIAL VISIT 04 CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT TEST & MODEL EXAMS 09 TOTAL 60

COURSE OUTCOMES 15O – 7209 COMPUTER NETWORKS On successful completion of this course, students should be able to C402.1 : Understand and explain Data Communications System and its components. C402.2 : Identify the different types of network topologies and network technologies. C402.3 : Classify the various network devices and transmission media. C402.4 : Enumerate the layers of the OSI model. Explain the function(s) of each layer. C402.5 : Explain the network layer and application layer protocols and Summarize the LAN protocols.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 67

CO-PO&PSO’S MAPPING MATRIX

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PSO1 PSO2 C402.1 - 3 1 - - - 1 2 1 3 - 3 C402.2 1 3 2 - - - 1 2 1 3 - 3 C402.3 2 3 2 - - - 1 2 1 3 - 3 C402.4 1 3 2 - - - 1 2 1 3 - 3 C402.5 1 3 1 - - - 1 2 1 3 - 3 C402 Total 5 15 8 - - - 5 10 5 15 - 15 Correlation 1.2 3 1.6 - - - 1 2 1 3 - 3 Level

DETAILED SYLLABUS UNIT I BASICS OF COMPUTER NETWORK ……. 09PERIODS 1.1 Data Communication: Components of a data communication – Data flow: simplex – half duplex – full duplex; Networks – Network criteria – Types of Connections: Point to 4Per point – multipoint; Network Topologies: Star, Bus, Ring, Mesh, Hybrid – Advantages and Disadvantages of each topology. (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/7wSQ0rEAN1E for data communication networks) 1.2. Types of Networks: LAN – MAN – WAN – CAN – HAN – Internet – Intranet –Extranet, Client-Server, Peer To Peer Networks. Application and features of different types of 3Per server – File server – Mail server – Print server – Webserver – Proxy server. (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/aQScX7B3ntY for types of networks) 1.3 Signals and Modulation: Analog and Digital signals – Need for Modulation – Amplitude Modulation – Frequency Modulation– Pulse Modulation – Concepts only (no 2Per derivation) (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/QxAKZepaxxM for signals and modulation) UNIT II TRANSMISSION MEDIA AND DEVICES ……. 10 PERIODS 2.1. Guided Media : Classification of transmission media – Guided media – Twisted pair – 2Per Coaxial – Fiber optics (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/hjVNKeVdKcs for guided media) 2.2. Unguided Media: Electromagnetic specification – Radio Frequency Allocation – Propagation of Waves–Radiowaves – Infrared – Terrestrial Microwave – Satellite 3Per communication - Low Orbit satellite (LOS) (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/1EWfJTxFei0 unguided media)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 68

2.3. Network devices: Features and concepts of Switch, HUB, bridges, Repeaters – Routers (Wired and Wireless) – Gateways – Access points – Difference between layer2 and 2Per layer5 switches. (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/eMamgWllRFY for networks devices) 2.4. Error detection & correction: Types of errors – detection versus correction – CRC – 3Per Hardware implementation – Parity check and checksum – Hamming code. (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/aNqiTCZ-nkofor error detection & correction) UNIT III OSI MODEL ……. 10PERIODS 3.1 Protocol: Definition – Standards – Need –OSI model – Layered Architecture – seven 3Per layers of OSI model – Goals and design issues –Functions of all layers (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/0Prf6d66Jug for OSI Model) 3.2. Physical layer:Topology – bus, ring, star, mesh and cellular. Data link layer:Function 2Per &services – framing, flow control, error control and link management (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/_bbeZV3iW4g for physical layer functions) 3.3. Network layer: Addressing – switching route discovery – route selection – connection services. Transport layer: segment sequencing; Session layer – dialog control simplex, 3Per half- duplex and full duplex. (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/AekdOKJSyMc for network layer)

3.4. Function: Session Layer – Presentation Layer – Application Layer. 2Per

(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/EzLMMsRR6Js for OSI layer functions UNIT IV TCP/IP SUIT ……. 10 PERIODS Overview of TCP / IP: OSI & TCP/IP – Transport Layer Protocol – connection oriented 4.1. 3Per and connectionless Services – Sockets – TCP & UDP. (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/xaVTidVM4A0 for TCP/IP suite) Network Layers Protocol: – IP –Interior Gateway Protocols (IGMP, ICMP, ARP, RARP 4.2. 2Per Concept only). (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/V3E1LmPtkDk for network layer protocols) IP Addressing :Dotted decimal notation – Addressing Schemes IPV4 – IPV6 – Class A – 4.3. Class B – Class C – Class D – Class E Networks (Concepts Only)- Multicast IP Address – 3Per Subnetting&Supernetting (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/rs39FWDhzDs for IP addressing) 4.4. Application Layer Protocols: FTP– Telnet – SMTP– HTTP – DNS – POP. 2Per (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/CMBQFmEuOO0 for application layer Protocols)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 69

UNIT V LAN PROTOCOLS ………. 08PERIODS

5.1. 802.X Protocols : Concepts and PDU format of CSMA/CD (802.3) – Token bus (802.4) – Token ring (802.5) – Ethernet – types of Ethernet (Fast Ethernet, gigabit Ethernet) – 3Per Comparison between 802.3, 802.4 and 802.5 (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/sPRMjSfutcs for 802.x protocol) 5.2. FDDI: Frame format – Advantages and disadvantages of FDDI – Internet of things – 2Per History, Applications (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/I0xayWMuAzc for FDDI) 5.3. Switching: Definition – Circuit switching – Packet switching – Message switching. 3Per Compare OSI model with TCP / IP Model (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/1YT7hsfYxz8 for Switching)

LIST OF PROPOSED STUDENT ACTIVITIES

I. INDUSTRIAL VISITS Imparting industrial visits to any one of the following industries to understand the real time applications 1. Brix Network Pvt.,Ltd.,Chennai 2. Omega Infotech Pvt., Ltd., Erode 3. Gemini Communications, Alwarpet, Chennai – 600018 Industrial visit report has to be submitted by the students as assignment through Blackboard and as hard copy to the faculty concerned.

III. CASE STUDIES Case study on the following 1. Identify type of cable used in your Institute, 2. Different Network devices used (Switches, Routers, Access points etc.,)

IV. OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE / LEARNING WEBSITE  http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/courses.php?disciplineId=106  https://simple.wikipedia.org/wiki/Computer_network  www.tutorialspoint.com/computer.../computer_networking.htm

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 70

TEXT BOOKS

YEAR OF S.NO TITLE AUTHOR PUBLISHER PUBLISHING / EDITION

Data Communication and Tata Mc-Graw Fourth Edition 1. Be hrsouzA.Forouzan Networking Hill, New Delhi 2009

Data and Computer Prentice-Hall of Eighth Edition 2. William Stallings Communications India, New Delhi 2011

Prentice-Hall of 3. Computer Networks Andrew S.Tanenbaum Fifth Edition 2010 India, New Delhi

REFERENCE BOOKS: YEAR OF S.NO TITLE AUTHOR PUBLISHER PUBLISHING / EDITION Computer Communication Tata Mc-Graw 1. Achyut S. Godbole First Edition 2004 Networks Hill, New Delhi KavehPahlavan and Pearson Principles of Wireless 2. Prashant Education, New Third Edition 2002 Networks– A unified Approach Krishnamurthy Delhi

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 71

THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM-636 005 (Autonomous Institution) DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING COMPUTER NETWORKS Model Question Paper – I Year/Sem: II/ IV Max. Marks : 75 Code no: 15O-7209 Time : 3 Hrs PART-A (5 X 2 = 10marks) Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 8 iscompulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy (ii) All questions carry equal marks Level

1. Compare half duplex and full duplex communications with an example I U

2. List out the types of errors. I R

3. Define the term internet and intranet. II U

4. Describe the functions and services of data link layer. III U

5. What do you mean by gateway? II U

6. Draw frame format of FDDI. V R

7. Give an example for class B and class D networks. IV R

8. List down the differences between 802.3 and 802.4 V U

PART-B (5 X 3 = 15marks) Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy (ii) All questions carry equal marks Level

9. Write advantages and disadvantages of any 3 topologies. I U

10. Describe the different types of networks. I R

11. Expand LOS with a neat diagram. II R

12. Write some of the features of switch bridge and HUB. II U

13. Differentiate flow control and error control with diagram. III U

14. What is called Supernettingandsubnetting? IV U

15. Compare 802.3 802.4 and 802.5. V U

16. Differentiate pduformat of csma compact disk. V U

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 72

PART-C (5 x 10 = 50marks)

Note: (i) Answer allthe questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub- Bloom’s Maximum division (B) of eachquestion. Unit Taxono Marks (ii)All questions carry equal marks. my Level

17. A. (i) Explain the concept of client server networks with a neat I U 5 architecture.

(ii) Explain the concept of frequency modulation with an example. I U 5

(OR) B. Briefly explain about the application and features of different types I U 10 of servers.

18. A. (i) Classify Transmission media and explain. II U 5

(ii) Differentiate between terrestrial microwave and satellite II U 5 communications and explain each.

(OR)

B. Explain briefly about error detection and correction techniques with II U 10 neat diagram.

19. A. (i) Explain briefly about error control and link management. III U 5

(ii) Elaborate the concept of framing and flow control and explain. III U 5

(OR)

B. Briefly explain about OSI model. Also draw diagram for each layer III U 10 and in which layer performs the packet filtering and encapsulation operation.

20. A. (i) Explain about transmit control protocol and user datagram IV U 5 protocol with a neat diagram. (ii) Compare ARP and RARP with a neat sketch. IV U 5

(OR) B. Explain briefly about application layer protocols and features of this IV U 10 protocol.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 73

21. A. (i) Compare Token Bus and Token Ring. V U 5 (ii) Elaborate the concept of message switching and packet switching. V U 5 (OR)

B. With a neat diagram explain briefly about FDDI. V R & U 10

Note:The question paper setters are requested to follow the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy levels as presented below:

Bloom’s Taxonomy Lower Order Thinking Skills (LOTs) Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs)

Level R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap- Apply An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create % to be included 90% 10%

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 74

THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM-636 005 (Autonomous Institution) DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING COMPUTER NETWORKS Model Question Paper – II Year/Sem: II/IV Max. Marks : 75 Code no: 15O-7209 Time : 3 Hrs PART-A (5 X 2 = 10marks) Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy (ii) All questions carry equal marks Level

1. Give any two advantages and disadvantages of Star topology. I U

2. Define pulse modulation and frequency modulation. I R

3. Write any two examples where infrared can be used. II R

4. Expand LOS and write LOS benefits. II R & U

5. List the layers of OSI model. III R

6. Find the class of each address i) 00000001 00001011 00001011 11101111 ii) IV R & U 192.23.120.8

7. Write any four application layer protocols. IV R

8. Define Switching. Write the concept behind in packet switching. V U

PART-B (5 X 3 = 15marks) Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy (ii) All questions carry equal marks Level

9. List and explain different types of connections used for data communication. I U

10. What are the different types of server available? Explain any one. I R & U

11. State the features and concepts of Switch and bridge. II U

12. Differentiate error detection and error correction with an example. II U

13. What is ARP? What are the functions of ARP? III R & U

14. Define sockets. Differentiate connection and connectionless services. IV U

15. Compare 802.3 802.4 and 802.5. V U 16. Draw frame format of CSMA/CD and Token bus. III R & U

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 75

PART-C (5 x 10 = 50marks)

Note: (i) Answer allthe questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub-division Bloom’s Maximum (B) of eachquestion. Unit Taxonom Marks (ii)All questions carry equal marks. y Level

17. A. (i) Define networks. Explain briefly about network criteria. I U 5

(ii)With an example, discuss about need for modulation. I U 5 (OR) B. In which circumstances star topology is preferred mostly. Name the I U 10 centralized device used in star topology. Give its two advantages over Hub.

18. A. (i) Compare between twisted pair cables UTP and STP w.r.t. the II U 5 following factors: a. Bandwidth capacity. b. Node capacity or segment. c. Cost. (ii) Explain in detail about LOS with a neat diagram. II U 5 (OR) B. What are the different types of errors? With neat diagrams explain each II U 10 error with an example.

19. A. (i) Explain briefly on what mode the data are sent from source to III U 5 destination in session layer. (ii) Elaborate the concept in addressing and route selection in network III U 5 layer. (OR)

B. Briefly explain about OSI model also draw diagram for each layer and in III R & U 10 which layer packet filtering and encapsulation operation are performed?

20. A. (i) Describe TCP/IP with neat sketch. Compare TCP/IP and OSI reference IV R & U 5 model. (ii) What is meant by subnet? How to use subnet masking to create two IV U 5 subnets? (OR) B. With a neat diagram explain briefly about application layer protocols IV R & U 10

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 76

21. A. (i) Define Ethernet. What are the different types of Ethernet and explain V U 5 briefly each. (ii) Write any five advantages and disadvantages of FDDI and give any V U 5 one application. (OR) B. Describe about different types of switching with neat diagram. V U 10

Note:The question paper setters are requested to follow the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy levels as presented below:

Bloom’s Taxonomy Lower Order Thinking Skills (LOTs) Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs)

Level R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap- Apply An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create % to be included 90% 10%

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 77

THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM

Programme : COMPUTER ENGINEERING Semester : IV Course Code : 15O - 7301 Course Name : OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING WITH JAVA

TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION No. of weeks per semester: 15 weeks Examination Instructions Max. Marks Course Semester- Periods / Periods / Continuous Duration End Total week Semester Assessment Examinations Object Oriented Programming 6 90 25 75 100 3 Hours With JAVA

TOPICS AND ALLOCATION OF PERIODS Unit No. Topics No. of Periods I INTRODUCTION TO OOPS AND JAVA 15 II CONTROL STRUCTURES, ARRAYS, AND VECTORS 13 III STRINGS, CLASSES AND INTERFACES 16 IV PACKAGES, APPLETS AND AWT CONTROLS 16 EXCEPTION HANDLING, MULTITHREADS AND I/O STREAMS V 17 ANDJDBC INTRODUCTION INDUSTRIAL VISIT 04 CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT TEST AND MODEL EXAMS 09 TOTAL 90

COURSE OUTCOMES 15O – 7301 OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING WITH JAVA On successful completion of this course, students should be able to C403.1 : Summarize the basic concept of object oriented programming and java. C403.2 : Explain control structures, arrays and vectors C403.3 : Understand and explain string, classes and interfaces C403.4 : Understand the concept of packages, applets and AWT controls C403.5 : Illustrate the concepts of exception handling, multimedia, I/O streams and JDBC

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 78

CO-PO&PSO’S MAPPING MATRIX

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PSO1 PSO2 C403.1 1 3 3 - - - - 2 1 3 3 3 C403.2 1 3 3 - - - - 2 1 3 3 3 C403.3 1 3 3 - - - - 2 1 3 3 3 C403.4 1 3 3 - - - - 2 1 3 3 3 C403.5 1 3 3 - - - - 2 1 3 3 3 C403 Total 5 15 15 - - - - 10 5 15 15 15 Correlation 1 3 3 - - - - 2 1 3 3 3 Level

DETAILED SYLLABUS

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO OOPS AND JAVA ……. 15PERIODS 1.1 Introduction to Oops: Paradigms of Programming Languages – Basic concepts of Object Oriented Programming – Differences between Procedure Oriented Programming and OOP –Objects and Classes – Data abstraction and Encapsulation, Inheritance, 7Per Polymorphism, Dynamic binding, Message communication – Benefits of OOP – Application of OOPs. (Refer web link:https://youtu.be/3bMsY5a7cBofor Object oriented programming concepts) 1.2. Data Encapsulation: Access Specifier – Advantages of Encapsulation – Data Abstraction: Abstract method and classes–Advantages of Abstraction – difference between 3Per Abstraction and Encapsulation with Examples. (Refer web link:https://youtu.be/szYzBC89CPE for Data Encapsulation) 1.3 Introduction to Java: History – Java features – Java Environment – JDK – API -Types of java program – Creating and Executing a Java program – Java Tokens: Keywords, 5Per Character set, Identifiers, Literals, and Separator – Java Virtual Machine (JVM) – Command Line Arguments – Comments in Java program.

(Refer web link:https://youtu.be/DIJ8Mo6ZriY for java tokens) UNIT II CONTROL STRUCTURES, ARRAYS AND VECTORS …… 13PERIODS 2.1. Elements: Constants – Variables – Data types - Scope of variables – Type casting – Operators: Arithmetic – Logical – Bit wise operator – Increment and Decrement – 4Per Relational – Assignment – Conditional – Special operator – Expressions – Evaluation of Expressions (Refer web link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TL7tdNp0raEfor operator)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 79

2.2. Decision making and Branching: Simple if statement – if – else statement – Nesting if – else – else if Ladder – switch statement – Decision making and Looping: While loop – do 5Per – While loop - for loop – break – labeled loop – continue Statement. (Refer web link:https://youtu.be/xVYvzyRHzWs for decision making statements ) 2.3. Arrays: One Dimensional Array – Creating an array – Array processing – 4Per Multidimensional Array –Vectors – Wrapper classes. (Refer web link:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=o4VzblFTwII for Array in java ) UNIT III STRINGS, CLASSES AND INTERFACES ………. 16PERIODS 3.1. Strings: String Array – String Methods – String Buffer Class 3Per (Refer web link:https://youtu.be/PkdpjGrVByMfor String) 3.2. Class and objects: Defining a class – Methods – Creating objects – Accessing class members – Constructors – Method overloading – Static members – Nesting of Methods 6Per – this keyword – command line input

(Refer web link:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4XRy-TdfU0Ifor class and objects) 3.3. Inheritance: Defining a subclass – Deriving a sub class – Single Inheritance – Multilevel Inheritance – Hierarchical Inheritance – Overriding methods – Final variables and methods – Final classes – Finalizer method- Visibility Control: Public access, Private 7Per access, friend, protected. Interfaces: Multiple Inheritance – Defining interface – Extending interface - Implementing Interface - Accessing interface variables (Refer web link:https://youtu.be/NnZQ-C0x4hsfor interface) UNIT IV PACKAGES, APPLETS AND AWT CONTROLS ……..16PERIODS 4.1. Packages: Java API Packages – System Packages – Naming Conventions – Creating and Accessing a Packages – Adding Class to a Packages – Hiding Classes 5Per (Refer web link:https://youtu.be/MvGI58hFTtsfor Package) 4.2. Applets and Swings: Introduction – Applet Life cycle – Creating and Executing an Applet Introduction of Swing classes – Difference Between Applet and Swings – Graphics Class: Drawing and filling lines – Rectangles – Polygon – Circles – Arcs – Line Graphs – Drawing 7Per Bar charts (Refer web link:https://youtu.be/aUlwgdakBugfor Applet) 4.3. AWT Components and Even Handlers: Abstract window tool kit – Event Handlers – Event Listeners – AWT Controls and Event Handling: Labels – TextComponent – ActionEvent – Buttons – CheckBoxes – ItemEvent - Choice – Scrollbars – Layout Manager 4Per - Input Events – Menus (Refer web link:https://youtu.be/F89FrGKndTUfor AWT Components) UNIT – V EXCEPTION HANDLING, MULTITHREADS AND I/O STREAMS AND JDBC INTRODUCTION …….17PERIODS

5.1. Exception Handling: Limitations of Error handling – Advantages of Exception Handling - Types of Errors – Basics of Exception Handling – try blocks – throwing an exception – 5Per catching an exception – finally statement (Refer web link:https://youtu.be/K_-3OLkXkzYfor Exception Handling)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 80

5.2. Multithreading: Creating Threads – Life of a Thread – Defining and Running Thread – Thread Methods – Thread Priority – Synchronization – Implementing runnable interface 5Per – Thread Scheduling (Refer web link:https://youtu.be/rzjtuzmU948for Thread Life Cycle)

5.3. I/O Streams: File – Streams – Advantages – The stream classes – Byte streams – 4Per Character streams (Refer web link: https://youtu.be/mq-f7zPZ7b8for I/O Streams) 5.4. JDBC: Introduction – Architecture of JDBC – JDBC Components: JDBC API, Driver Manager – JDBC Drivers Types: JDBC-ODBC Bridge Driver, JDBC-Native API, JDBC-Net 3Per pure Java, 100% Pure Java. (Refer web link:https://youtu.be/KuFzS9CojdUfor JDBC Architecture)

LIST OF PROPOSED STUDENT ACTIVITIES

I. INDUSTRIAL VISITS Imparting industrial visits to any one of the following industries to understand the real time applications 1. Superfect Solutions Pvt Ltd, Salem 2. Contus Support Interactive Pvt.,Ltd., Chennai 3. Trigent Software Ltd., Chennai 4. Everest InfoTech, Meyyanur, Salem Industrial visit report has to be submitted by the students as assignment through Blackboard and as hard copy to the faculty concerned. II. SEMINARS Seminars to be organized on any one of the following topics in association with the IE(I)/ISTE and the students’ Technical Association of Computer Engineering Programme. 1. Object Oriented Programming in Java 2. Java Database Connectivity III. CASE STUDIES Case study on the following 1. Develop Mini Projects for student Management Systems 2. Develop Java object oriented application using OOAD models

IV. OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE / LEARNING WEBSITE  JDK 1.7 or above- http://java-development-kit-jdk.en.softonic.com/  Net Bean IDE- http://en.softonic.com/s/net-bean  http://docs.oracle.com/javase/specs/jls/se7/html/index.html  http://docs.oracle.com/javase/tutorial/java/index.html  http://www.tutorialspoint.com/java/

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 81

 http://www.learnjavaonline.org/  http://www.c4learn.com/javaprogramming/  http://www.tutorialspoint.com/jdbc/jdbc-driver-types.html  http://www.tutorialspoint.com/javaexamples/

TEXT BOOKS

YEAR OF S.NO TITLE AUTHOR PUBLISHER PUBLISHING/ EDITION

1. Programming with Tata Mc - Graw Hill, First Edition E. Balagurusamy Java New Delhi 2010 Object Oriented 2. Dr. G. Thampi Dream Tech, New Delhi Reprint 2012 Programming in Java Database 3. Programming With George Reese O'reilly, United states June 2013 JDBC And Java

REFERENCE BOOKS YEAR OF S.NO TITLE AUTHOR PUBLISHER PUBLISHING/ EDITION

Java: the Complete Tata Mc - Graw Hill, Seventh Edition 1. Herbert Schildt Reference, New Delhi 2013

Cay Java Series,Sun Core Java,Vol I- Nineth Edition 2. S.Horstmann,Grey Microsystem, New Fundamentals 2013 Cornell Delhi

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 82

THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM-636 005 (Autonomous Institution) Diploma in Computer Engineering OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING WITH JAVA Model Question Paper-I Year/Sem: II/I V Max. Marks : 75 Code no: 15O-7301 Time : 3 Hrs PART-A (5 X 2 = 10 marks) Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy (ii) All questions carry equal marks Level

1. What is Object Oriented Programming? How it is different from Procedure I U Oriented Programming?

2. How do Java Virtual Machine Works? I U

3. What is type casting in JAVA? Explain its various types. II R

4. Compare overloading and overriding of functions. II U

5. Define interface with an example. III R

6. Differentiate Applet and Swings. IV U

7. What are the different types of errors in a Program? Explain. V R

8. What are the streams used for file handling? V U PART-B (5 X 3 = 15 marks) Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy (ii) All questions carry equal marks Level

9. Define Polymorphism. Explain different types of Polymorphism. I U

10. What is an operator? List its Types. I U

11. Explain the major differences between an array and a vector. II U

12. Write a program to input three integers through keyboard and print the II Ap largest among them?

13. What is the usage of Naming Convention? Give Example. III U

14. How to add a class to a package? IV U

15. What are the advantages of Exception Handling? V U

16. What are the usages of Input Stream and Output stream? III R

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 83

PART-C (5 x 10 = 50marks)

Note: (i) Answer allthe questions choosing either sub-division (A) or Bloom’s Maximum sub-division (B) of eachquestion. Unit Taxonomy Marks (ii)All questions carry equal marks. Level

17 A (i)How to create and Execute a Java Program. I U 5 (ii)Explain about Command Line Argument with example. I U 5 (OR)

B Explain about Basic concepts of OOP’s with example. I U 10

(i)Explain the Following Operators. a) Arithmetic Operator 18. A. II U 5 b) Relational Operator c) Conditional Operator (ii)Write a Java Program to Calculate the sum of N Numbers. II Ap 5 (OR)

B. Explain about Decision Making Statements with example. II U 10

(i)Create a Java Class “Shape” with constructor to initialize the one parameter “dimension”. Now create three sub classesof Shape with following methods a) “Circle” with methods to calculate the area and circumference of the circle with dimension as 19. A. III U 5 radius. b) “Sphere” with methods to calculate the volume and surface area of the sphere with dimension as radius of the sphere. Write appropriate main method to create object of each class and test every method. (ii)What is constructor? Explain different types of III U 5 constructor with example. (OR) What is class and objects? How to access the data and B. member function of a class? Explain with the help of an III U 10 example.

(i)What is the life cycle of an Applet? Explain each state of 20. A IV U 5 Applet in brief. (ii)Explain about event handlers and event listener. IV U 5 (OR)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 84

What is a package in JAVA? How can you create your own B package and add classes in that? Explain with the help of an IV Ap 10 example.

(i) Define the term “Thread”. Explain the following. a) Creating thread using Thread class with Example 21 A Program V U 5 b) Creating Thread using Runnable Interface with Example Program (ii)Explain about JDBC-ODBC Driver with neat Diagram V U 5 (OR)

What is meant by exception? How are they handled in Java? B. V U 10 Explain try-catch-finally block with an example.

Note:The question paper setters are requested to follow the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy levels as presented below:

Bloom’s Lower Order Thinking Skills (LOTs) Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs) Taxonomy Level R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap- Apply An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create % to be included 90% 10%

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 85

THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM-636 005 (Autonomous Institution) Diploma in Computer Engineering OBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING WITH JAVA Model Question Paper-II Year/Sem: II/I V Max. Marks : 75 Code no: 15O-7301 Time : 3 Hrs PART-A (5 X 2 = 10 marks) Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 8 iscompulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy (ii) All questions carry equal marks Level

1. Define class. Write down the Syntax for creating Class. I R

2. What is binding? Explain its types. I U

3. What is constant? How will you declare a constant? II R

4. Write down the differences between string and string buffer. II U

5. What is general form of class declaration? Give an example. III R

6. What is Package? Name any two system packages. IV U

7. Which method is used to draw a circle? V R

8. What happens on floating-point division by zero? On integer division-by- V U zero? PART-B (5 X 3 = 15 marks) Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 16 Unit Bloom’s is compulsory Taxonomy (ii) All questions carry equal marks Level

9. Explain any six java features. I U

10. Draw the flow diagram for If statement. I R

11. Differentiate while and do-while loop with example II U

12. What is method overriding? Give example. II Ap

13. What is a static member? Explain with an example. III U

14. What is an Applet? List out the types of Applet. IV R 15. What are the advantages of streams? V U

16. What are different ways in which a thread can enter into the waiting state? III U Explain.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 86

PART-C (5 x 10 = 50marks)

Note: (i) Answer allthe questions choosing either sub-division (A) or Bloom’s Maximum sub-division (B) of eachquestion. Unit Taxonomy Marks (ii)All questions carry equal marks. Level 17 A (i)What is paradigms of programming, Explain any two I U 5 types. (ii)Explain about JVM with a neat diagram. I U 5 (OR) B Explain about Java Tokens with examples in detail. I U 10

18. A. (i)Explain about array and its types with example program. II U 5 (ii))Write a Java Program to find out whether the given II Ap 5 Number is Odd or Even. (OR) B. Explain about looping statements with an examples for II U 10 each.

19. A. (i)Explain about String Buffer and its Methods with III U 5 examples. (ii)Write down the program to display Name, Roll no, Marks, III U 5 average and total. Use class and objects. (OR) B. Define Interfaces. Explain the extension of interfaces, III U 10 implementation and accessing Interface with suitable program.

20. A (i)Explain about various AWT Components with examples in IV U 5 details. (ii)Explain about polygon and line graph with examples. IV U 5 (OR) B Explain different types of Layout Manager available in Java IV U 10 with the help of an example for each.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 87

21 A (i)Explain architecture of JDBC with a neat diagram. V U 5 (ii) Explain about stream classes and its method. V U 5 (OR) B. Describe complete life cycle of a thread. Write a Java V U 10 program that shows the use of Priority in threads.

Note:The question paper setters are requested to follow the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy levels as presented below:

Bloom’s Taxonomy Lower Order Thinking Skills (LOTs) Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs)

Level R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap- Apply An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create % to be included 90% 10%

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 88

THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM Programme : COMPUTER ENGINEERING Semester : IV Course Code : 15O - 7302 Course Name : RELATIONAL DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS

TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION No. of weeks per semester: 15 weeks Examination Instructions Max. Marks Course Semester- Periods / Periods / Continuous Duration End Total week Semester Assessment Examinations Relational Database 5 75 25 75 100 3 Hours Management Systems

TOPICS AND ALLOCATION OF PERIODS Unit No. Topics No. of Periods I DATABASE SYSTEM CONCEPTS AND DATA MODELING 15 II MySQL ADMINISTRATION & DATABASE DESIGN 13 III MySQL PERFORMANCE TUNING 10 STORAGE ENGINES, STORED PROGRAM CONCEPT , IV 12 OPTIMIZATION & API’S V DATA WAREHOUSING & INTRODUCTION TO BIG DATA 12 INDUSTRIAL VISIT 04 CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT TEST AND MODEL EXAMS 09 TOTAL 75

COURSE OUTCOMES 15O – 7302 RELATIONAL DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS On successful completion of this course, students should be able to C404.1 : Acquire knowledge on database Management systems and analyze the architecture of DBMS. C404.2 : Gain a good understanding of the Installation of MySQL and basic database design. C404.3 : Understand the performance tunning of MySQL. C404.4 : Understand the stored concepts of Storage Engines, Stored Program Concept, Optimization and API’s MySQL. C404.5 : Illustrate the concepts of data warehousing and big data.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 89

CO-PO&PSO’S MAPPING MATRIX

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PSO1 PSO2 C404.1 - 3 - - - - 1 2 1 3 - 3 C404.2 1 3 3 3 - - 1 2 1 3 - 3 C404.3 - 3 3 3 - - 1 2 1 3 - 3 C404.4 2 3 3 3 - - 1 2 1 3 - 3 C404.5 - 3 2 2 - - 1 2 1 3 - 3 C404 Total 3 15 11 11 - - 5 10 5 15 - 15 Correlation 1.5 3 2.7 2.7 - - 1 2 1 3 - 3 Level

DETAILED SYLLABUS UNIT I DATABASE SYSTEM CONCEPTS AND DATA MODELING ….. 15 PERIODS 1.1 Database Systems: Database Management system – Characteristics of database – Components of a database - Functions of Database – Understanding Database Model– Evolution – Types of database models: Hierarchical Database Model, Network Database 5Per Model, Relational Database Model. Architecture: Overall architecture of DBMS, Three level architecture. (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/bGyHqvQW6JY?list=PLRFPL_aa_SLVjQn93cUGZaKZVGr_80vYv for concepts of database systems) 1.2 Types of Databases: Transactional Databases, Decision Support Databases and Hybrid 3Per Databases – Open Source databases. (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/foa5YwK4EqI for types of databases) 1.3. Relational data model: CODD’s rules – Components of RDBMS – Table structure – Records,rows, tuples, attributes. Keys : Primary, Foreign , Composite, unique keys – Meta 3Per Data – Data Dictionary – Data Integrity – Data Constraints and validation : Types of Constraints – Differences between SQL and MYSQL (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/TafcQ3ySBmg for relational data model) 1.4. ER Diagram and Normalization: Methodologies of Designing Database – Entities- Relationships (1:1, 1:many and many:many) – ER Diagram – Samples 3Per Normalization : Benefits – Normal Forms – 1st Normal Form, 2nd Normal Form, 3rd Normal Form. (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/IwswNIZ_PSg for ER Diagram) 1.5 Database Administration: Server/client and distributed concept: DBA Tasks – DBA 1 hr Tools/utilities – Data Base Maintenance – Backup and Recovery.

(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/dMkwFzRgxZY for database administration)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 90

UNIT – II MySQL ADMINISTRATION & DATABASE DESIGN ………13PERIODS 2.1. Installation of MySQL:Features of MySQL – Download, Installing, Starting & Stopping connections to the MySQL server – Accessing MySQL – Command Line, Web Interface (PHP 2Per Myadmin) and Desktop Tools (MySQL workbench). (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/O4xXzTIcnDE for install mysql) 2.2. Working with MySQL Databases: Creating (CREATE cmd), selecting (USE cmd) and 2Per describing database (DESC cmd) – SHOW cmd – backing up databases. (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/iP1wOSsKjW8 for Mysql databses) 2.3. Introduction to MySQL:MySQL data types –Data Definition Commands: creating, altering, renaming, copying and deleting tables – temporary tables – Data manipulation commands : Insert, update & deleting rows. Data retrieval commands. MySQL Operators and 3Per Expressions : Types of operators –Arithmetic, comparison & logical operators – Pattern matching - Import and Export of data (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/WfGJbjLSCPQ?list=PLgXga1uh_X7eliq-0K8wMcyf_ndi7Y2DN for Queries) 2.4. Built-in Functions: Single row functions – Aggregate functions – Conversion functions . 2Per (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/TwtEnPUZq2k for built-in functions in Mysql) 2.5 Querying the table: Selecting rows using Where , Order by , group by & Having 2Per clauses. Sub-queries – operators used in sub-queries – correlated sub-queries. (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/ge3NZM7_F9w for Table query) 2.6 Flow control : IF() – IF NULL() – CASE – LOOP – LEAVE – ITERATE – REPEAT – WHILE 2Per (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/T4mag8TdDPA for flow control) UNIT – III MySQL PERFORMANCE TUNING ………. 10PERIODS 3.1. Indexes and sequences: Creating index– primary key (single & multiple field) & foreign key, unique key, composite keys, full text indexing, leftmost indexing Dropping index- 3Per Sequences: creating, altering and deleting sequences. (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/qd0RcBXpDI8 for indexes in mysql) 3.2. Performing multiple table retrieval using Joins & Unions: Joins – definition – aliasing – Types of Joins: natural join, inner join, self-join, left join, right join.Unions:Definition – 2Per Types – Union, Union ALL, Union Distinct – order by and LIMIT handling. (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/1I9hXBETtFA for joins in mysql) 3.3 Views: Introduction – Advantages of Views- creating Views, Updating the Views, Deleting 2Per the Views. (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/m1C8c8QRz4s for views in mysql)

3,4 User & Transaction management:Creating users, deleting users, renaming users, grant 3Per &revoke commands – Transactions – committing & rollback transactions – savepoints. (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/IzhpKBI0iHE for user management in mysql)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 91

UNIT – IV STORAGE ENGINES, STORED PROGRAM CONCEPT , OPTIMIZATION & API’S ……. 12PERIODS 4.1. Storage Engines:MySQL Storage engines-Choosing the right engine – Types of storage engines – MyISAM, InnoDB& Memory – Features – Advantages and disadvantages 3Per ofstorage engines. (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/XpLCgPiB5Kg for storage engine) 4.2. Stored Procedures & Functions: Definition - Creating stored Procedures – Invoking – Dropping procedures – Creating and calling stored functions – Deleting stored functions – 3Per Advantages. (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/WOqFqZ9LB6A?list=PL_c9BZzLwBRI8Tv6o6AralPWFmQr0GShn for functions in mysql) 4.3. MySQL trigger &Cursor: Use of trigger – Creating triggers – Types of trigger – Deleting 2Per triggers – Cursor – creation – deletion. (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/g9SmHZBUCz0 for mysql trigger) 4.4 MySQLOptimizations: Query optimization using EXPLAIN command. 2Per (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/cYnT_-jy_Y8 for optimization) 4.5 MySQL and web: Need for own MySQL programs – MySQL’s Application Programming 2Per Interfaces. (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/EPflF-KRhk4?list=PL_QXkBHy8yVo085n2_3T9S0h8vfW-ksVp for SQL connectivity) UNIT – V DATA WAREHOUSING & INTRODUCTION TO BIG DATA ………. 12PERIODS 5.1 Data warehousing : Functions of Warehouse – Architecture – Applications – OLTP vs OLAP 4Per (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/9Akvz2x0az4 for data warehousing) Big Data : Definition – Characteristics – Various Technologies used – Applications – 5.2 Overview of NoSQL : Difference between RDBMS and NoSQL – Tools used in Big Data, 4Per Scalability, Understanding storage architecture . (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/GGWwhwa-OzA for big data) Types of Data stores in NoSQL: Column oriented data store, Document Store, Key value 5.3 Store &Graph store– create, access, update and delete data - Querying NoSQL Stores. 4Per Using NoSQL in the cloud - Amazon SimpleDB (Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=p4C0n3afZdk for NoSQL for NoSQL

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 92

LIST OF PROPOSED STUDENT ACTIVITIES

I. INDUSTRIAL VISITS Imparting industrial visits to any one of the following industries to understand the real time applications 1. Zoho Corporation Pvt. Ltd., Estancia IT Park, Vallancherry Village, Kanchipuram – 603 202. 2. Cognizant Technology SolutionsNo.165, 6th, 7th & 8th Floors, Menon Eternity Building, St Marys Road, Demonte Colony, Alwarpet, Chennai, Tamilnadu 600028. 3. VSC INFOTECH PRIVATE LIMITED, 264/3,First Floor, MG Road, New Fairlands, Salem, Tamilnadu 636016. Industrial visit report has to be submitted by the students as assignment through Blackboard and as hard copy to the faculty concerned.

III. OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE / LEARNING WEBSITE  http://www.tutorialspoint.com/mysql  http://www.tutorialspoint.com/sql/sql-rdbms-concepts.html  http://www.studytonight.com/dbms/rdbms-concept  http://datawarehouse4u.info/OLTP-vs-OLAP.html

TEXT BOOKS YEAR OF S.NO TITLE AUTHOR PUBLISHER PUBLISHING/EDITION Database System Silber Schatz A. McGrawHill , New 1. Sixth Edition, 2005 Concept andKorth H Delhi Data Base First Edition, Eleventh 2. ISRD Group TMH, New Delhi Management System reprint 2011 Addison Wesley, 3. MySQL Paul DuBios Fourth Edition United States S hroff publishers & 4. Murach’s MySQL Joel Murach Reprint 2012 Distributors, Mumbai Pramod J. Addison Wesley, 5. NO SQL Distilled Sadalage Martin First Edition United States Fowler Cloud Computing Wiley India Pvt Ltd, 6. Sosinsky B. First Edition 2011 Bible New Delhi

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 93

REFERENCE BOOKS YEAR OF S.NO TITLE AUTHOR PUBLISHER PUBLISHING/EDITION Data Base SharadMaheswari Firewall Media New Second Edition, 1. Management Ruchin Jain Delhi Reprint 2010 Systems Database Ramon a.Mato- Management Schaums’Outline Special Indian Edition 2. Toledo, Pauline Systems series, TMH, New Delhi 2007 K.Cushman

BPB Publications, New First Indian Edition 3. Data Warehousing BPB Editorial Board Delhi 2004, Reprinted 2008 Tata Cloud Computing – A Velte T., Velte A., Mcgraw Hill Education 4. First Edition,2009 practical Approach Elsenpeter R., Private Limited, New Delhi

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 94

THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM-636 005 (Autonomous Institution) DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING RELATIONAL DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS Model Question Paper – I Year/Sem: II / III Max. Marks : 75 Code no: 15O-7302 Time : 3 Hrs

PART-A (5 X 2 = 10 marks) Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy (ii) All questions carry equal marks Level

1. Define DBMS. Name any two databases. I R

2. Compare Transactional and Decision support databases. I U

3. How can you access MySQL using query? II U

4. Write a query to create leftmost indexing. III U

5. Differentiate rollback and save point using query. III U

6. Expand:MyISAM and InnoDB. IV R

7. Give any two graph store database name. V U

8. When a database is called as relational database model? I U PART-B (5 X 3 = 15 marks)

Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 16 Unit Bloom’s is compulsory Taxonomy (ii) All questions carry equal marks Level

9. Draw a neat sketch of three level architecture. I R

10. What is normalization? Give an example. I R

11. How SHOW command differs from DESC command? Give an example. II U

12. List down the steps involved in backing up the databases. IV R

13. Explain about the performance of LIMIT handling. IV U

14. What is the difference between invoking and creating a stored procedure? III U

15. Explain 4 V’s in Big Data concept. III R

16. State the differences between OLTP Vs OLAP. III U

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 95

PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 marks)

Note: (i)Answer allthe questions choosing either sub-division (A) Maximu Bloom’s or sub-division (B) of each question. Unit Taxonomy m (ii)All questions carryequalmarks. Level Marks

17. A. (i) List down the types of constraints available in relational data I U 5 model. Explain briefly.

(ii) Explain in detail about the importance of Backup and recovery. I U 5

(OR)

B. Draw a neat diagram of overall architecture of DBMS and explain the I R& U 10 workflow.

18. A. (i) How to download and install MySQL? Explain the steps briefly. II U 5

(ii) What is the purpose of using sub queries? Explain. II U 5

(OR)

B. Explain numeric aggregate functions and conversion functions with II U 10 its syntax.

19. A. (i) Write a query to create a index from already created table and III U 5 also use primary key for unique key values.

(ii) How will you create and use views? III U 5 (OR)

B. Briefly explain joins and its types with suitable examples. III U 10

20. A. (i) How to choose the right storage engine? Discuss the advantages IV U 5 and disadvantages of storage engines

(ii) Explain the need of using own MySQL programs on web. IV U 5 (OR) B. How can you create and call stored functions? Explain with an IV U 10 example.

21. A. (i) Mention the various technologies used in Big Data briefly. V R 5

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 96

(ii) What are the tools used in Big Data? Mention the importance of V U 5 each tool.

(OR)

B. Explain the steps to create simple Amazon database. V R 10

Note:The question paper setters are requested to follow the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy levels as presented below:

Bloom’s Taxonomy Lower Order Thinking Skills (LOTs) Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs)

Level R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap- Apply An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create % to be included 90% 10%

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 97

THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM-636 005 (Autonomous Institution) DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING RELATIONAL DATABASE AND MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS Model Question Paper – II Year/Sem: II / III Max. Marks : 75 Code no: 15O-7302 Time : 3 Hrs

PART-A (5 X 2 = 10 marks) Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 8 Unit Bloom’s is compulsory Taxonomy Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks

1. What is the use of Hybrid databases? I U

2. Write down the importance of ER diagram. I U 3. How to import and export data using MySQL? II U 4. Give the syntax for REPEAT(). Give an example. II R 5. Is renaming user is possible? If yes write a query. III U 6. What is the need of using EXPLAIN command? IV U 7. Define NoSQL and list out its types. V R 8. Why stored procedures are called as executable code? IV U PART-B (5 X 3 = 15 marks)

Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy (ii) All questions carry equal marks Level

9. How the relational data model differs from network model? Give reason. I U

10. What kinds of methodologies are available for designing database? I U 11. Why we use pattern matching? II U 12. List out the operators used in sub-queries. Define correlated sub-query. II R 13. Differentiate full text indexing and left most indexing. III R 14. If you are an admin, how can you grant and revoke privileges from specific III U user? 15. Explain the storage architecture of Big Data. V U 16. How many triggers are allowed in MySQL table? Write any two purpose of IV U using database triggers.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 98

PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 marks)

Maximu Note: (i) Answer allthe questions choosing either sub-division (A) Bloom’s m or sub-division (B) of each question. Unit Taxonom y Level Marks (ii)All questions carryequalmarks. 17. A. What are the open source databases available? Explain. I R&U 5 Compare SQL and MySQL. Why we move on to MySQL instead of I R&U 5 SQL? (OR) B. List and explain different types of Codd’s rules. I R&U 10

18. A. How to start and stop connections to the MySQL server? Explain II U 5 them. Create a “Student” database and describing database using MySQL II Ap 5 queries. (OR) B. Explain the usage of where, order by, group by and having clause by II U 10 using examples.

19. A. How can you create and alter sequence using MySQL? Explain with III U 5 an example. Explain about transaction management through MySQL. III U 5

B. How to perform multiple table retrieval using unions? Explain its III U 10 types with example.

20. A. Explain the types of storage engines. Mention some of the features IV R&U 5 of storage engine. How will you perform the MySQL optimizations? IV U 5 (OR) B. How to create triggers? Explain with suitable examples. IV U

21. A. Tabulate the differences between OLTP Vs OLAP. V U 5 Compare column oriented data store with key value store. V U 5 (OR) B. Explain the functions of Data warehousing with its applications. V U 10

\Note:The question paper setters are requested to follow the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy levels as presented below:

Bloom’s Taxonomy Lower Order Thinking Skills (LOTs) Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs)

Level R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap- Apply An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create % to be included 90% 10% Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 99

THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM

Programme : COMPUTER ENGINEERING Semester : IV Course Code : 15O - 7303 Course Name : JAVA PROGRAMMING PRACTICAL

COURSE OUTCOMES

15O – 7303 JAVA PROGRAMMING PRACTICAL On successful completion of this course, students should be able to C405.1 : Design, develop, test and debug basic java programs. C405.2 : Create advanced java programs using applet, thread and AWT controls

CO-PO&PSO’S MAPPING MATRIX

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PSO1 PSO2 C405.1 2 3 3 3 - - - 3 3 3 - 3 C405.2 - 3 3 3 - - - 3 3 3 - 3 C405 Total 2 6 6 6 - - - 6 6 6 - 6 Correlation 2 3 3 3 - - - 3 3 3 - 3 Level

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 100

LAB EXERCISES PART-A 1. i) Write a program to print the individual digits of a 3-digit number. ii) Write a program in Java to find maximum of three numbers using conditional operator.

2. i) Write a program to find the three digit Armstrong numbers. ii) Write a program to read N numbers and find the largest and smallest numbers.

3. Write a program in Java to create a String object. Initialize this object with your name. Find the length of your name using the appropriate String method. Find whether the character ‘a’ is in your name or not; if yes find the number of times ‘a’ appears in your name. Print locations of occurrences of ‘a’. 4. Write a program to display total marks of 5 students using student class. Given the following attributes: Regno(int), Name(string), Marks in subjects(Integer Array), Total(int).

5. Write a program to show how a class implements two interfaces.

6. Write a Java program to create your own exception subclass that throws exception if the sum of two integers is greater than 99. 7. Write a program to create a text file using Byte stream classes 8. Write a program to copy a file to another file.

PART – B 9. Write a program to create a package for Book details giving Book Name, Author Name, Price, year of publishing. 10. Write a program to create a player class. Inherit the classes Cricket_player, Football_player and Hockey_player form player class. 11. Draw a bar chart for the following details using Applets. Subject Tamil English Maths Physics

Marks 78 85 98 56

12. Create a simple Notepad Application using AWT menu bar, menu and menu item controls.

13. Create a Frame with three Scrollbars representing the three basic colors RED, GREEN and BLUE. Change the background color of the Frame using the values of Scrollbars. 14. Create a Frame for simple calculator to perform Addition, Subtraction, Multiplication and Division using Button, label and Text field classes. 15. Write a Java program for generating two threads, one for printing even umbers and Other for printing odd numbers.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 101

SCHEME OF VALUATION

ALLOCATION OF MARKS Writing Answer For any one Program From PART-A 15 Marks Writing Answer For any one Program From PART-B 20 Marks Executing Program(PART-A) 10 Marks Executing Program(PART-B) 15 Marks Result With Printout(PART-A) 5 Marks Result With Printout(PART-B) 5 Marks VIVA-VOCE 5 Marks TOTAL 75 Marks

S. No. LIST OF EQUIPMENT Total Nos 1 Desktop Computers 36 Nos. 2 Laser Printer 4 Nos.

S. No. LIST OF SOFTWARE SUGGESTED 1 Any one type of Text Editor /Net Beans/Eclipse 2 JDK 1.7 or above 3 Java enabled Browser

SPOKEN TUTORIAL  Spoken Tutorial based training workshop on java can be included for 2 hours during the Practical Hours.  After Completion of workshop, students can revise the tutorials for 2-3 weeks.  All the students will compulsorily undergo 1 hour online assessment test conducted by Spoken Tutorial project team, IIT Bombay.  Certificates will be issued to all passed out candidates by Spoken Tutorial, IIT Bombay.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 102

THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM

Programme : COMPUTER ENGINEERING Semester : IV Course Code : 15O – 7304 Course Name : RELATIONAL DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS PRACTICAL

TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION No. of weeks per semester: 15 weeks Examination Instructions Max. Marks Course Semester- Periods / Periods / Continuous Duration End Total week Semester Assessment Examinations Relational Database Management 6 90 25 75 100 3 Hours Systems Practical

COURSE OUTCOMES

15O – 7304 RELATIONAL DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS PRACTICAL On successful completion of this course, students should be able to C406.1 : Design and build to perform basic operations using MySQL. C406.2 : Design and Create database using using Procedure and Functions. C406.3 : Design and Create simple database using MongoDB Cassandra.

CO-PO&PSO’S MAPPING MATRIX

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PSO1 PSO2 C406.1 - 3 2 2 - - 1 3 3 3 - 2 C406.2 - 2 1 1 - - 1 3 3 3 - 1 C406.3 - 2 1 1 - - 1 3 3 3 - 1 C406.Total - 7 4 4 - - 3 9 9 9 - 4 Correlation - 2.3 1.3 1.3 - - 1 3 3 3 - 1.3 Level

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 103

LAB EXERCISES PART – A 1. Install, configure and connect to MySQL server and MySQL workbench in Windows. Create a database, backup and restore the database. 2. Create a simple database for Social Networking Platform with the following entities. a. users - table id - auto increment, primary key field username - varchar (60) email - varchar(255) address - varchar(150) dob - timestamp is_active - TINY INT registered_on - timestamp last_logged_on - timestamp b. friends - table_name id - auto increment, primary key field user_id - unsigned INT, NOT NULL friend_name - varchar(60) c. users_profiles id - user_id location Perform the following operations on above entities. i) Create table with fields of appropriate datatypes. ii) Verify the table created using DESCRIBE command iii) Insert 10 users and some friendship data in friends table iv) Add a ‘gender’ field of type CHAR(1). Allow NULL values for this field. v) Rename friends table to users_friends vi) Modify the dob field type to date_of_birth. vii) Remove the field is_active viii) Drop the table users_profiles 3. Perform the following operations on database created in Ex.no.2usingSELECT command. i) Fetch the most recent 5 registered users. ii) Fetch all the friends of user_id user x iii) Fetch all the users who are above 21 years old.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 104

iv) Find the count of users who signed-up with gmail Id. (ie. users' email ends with @gmail.com) v) Fetch all the users who registered last month. vi) Fetch all users of ‘Chennai’ location. vii) Find actively monthly and weekly users count. ie. Count of users who have logged-in in the last 15 days. viii) Find how many users who have not mentioned their gender. 4. a) Create a database ' Polytechnic_College ' .Create 2 users namely ‘Staff’ and ‘student’. - Grant all privileges to the user 'Staff ‘and grant only ‘create’ privilege to ‘student’ user and verify the same . - Revoke all privileges to the 2 users and verify the same. b) Implement the following transaction control statements i) Commit ii) Rollback iii) Save point 5. Create a table ‘author’ with the following structure author_id author_name address mobile book_title pages published_on i) Insert 4 books published by 3 authors each. (12 records) ii) Fetch all the rows and observe how the data duplicated. iii) Apply 1st and 2nd normal forms to fix it.

6. Create table, "mail" with the following fields t DATETIME, # when message was sent srcuser VARCHAR(8), # sender (source user and host) srchost VARCHAR(20), dstuser VARCHAR(8), # recipient (destination user and host) dsthost VARCHAR(20), size BIGINT, # message size in bytes i) Sort the mail with the largest mail being first. ii) List the mails that is over 25 MB iii) Remove the duplicate rows from result set. iv)Execute a 'SELECT' query and store its result in a user defined variable. Use another ‘SELECT' to display the value of the variable.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 105

7. Create two tables with the following structure. a) Requests table request_id - UNSIGNED, INT, AUTO INCREMENT, PRIMARY KEY from_id - INT to_id - INT b) requests_log table request_id - FOREIGN KEY refers to request_id field of requests table request_status - enum("PENDING", "APPROVED", "REJECTED") Create a view combining both tables to display all the requests along with their most recent status for the requests. 8. Create a library Table with proper fields. Create another table called Library1 and insert rows from Library table. Hint: CREATE TABLE new_table LIKE original_table; INSERT INTO new_table SELECT * FROM original_table; PART – B 9. Create a table to store the details of a customer in a Bank. Do some transactions like withdrawal, deposit. Find the Balance amount(Credit Limit). Based on customer’s credit limit, write a program using IF or CASE flow control statements to find the customer levels namely SILVER, GOLD or PLATINUM. If the Credit limit is  greater than 50K, then the customer level is PLATINUM  less than 50K and greater than 10K, then the customer level is GOLD  less than 10K, then the customer level is SILVER 10. Create two tables with the following structure. a) users - table name user_id - UNSIGNED, INT, AUTO INCREMENT, PRIMARY KEY username - VARCHAR (60) password - VARCHAR (128) email - VARCHAR (255) b) users_profiles user_id - FOREIGN KEY refers to user_id field of user table first_name - VARCHAR(60) last_name - VARCHAR(60) mobile - VARCHAR(15) i) SELECT all the users along with their profile details. (Hint: Use INNER JOIN) ii) SELECT the users who do not have profiles (Hint: USE LEFT JOIN and exclude the rows generated with NULL values from joining table)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 106

11. Create an employee database and create a stored procedure that accepts employee_Idas input and returns complete details of employee as output. 12. Create two tables with the following structure Authors author_id - INT name VARCHAR (60) titles_count INT -- holds the total number numbers of titles authored Titles author_id - INT Name VARCHAR (512) -- name of the title a. Create a trigger to update the titles count field of respective row in authors table each time a title gets inserted into titles table. b. Create a log table with the following structure author_id - INT Name VARCHAR (512) -- name of the title Status VARCHAR(25) --- ADDITION,DELETION,UPDATION and insert an entry in that table each time the tile is added, deleted or updated. Use a trigger to accomplish this. 13. Create a table to store the salary details of the employees in a company. Declare the cursor id to contain employee number, employee name and net salary. Use cursor to update the employee. 14. Create a table 'stock' to contains the itemcode, itemname, current stock, date of last purchase. Write a stored procedure to seek for an item using itemcode and delete it, if the date of last purchase is before one year from the current date. If not, update the current stock. 15. Import a simple CSV data into table using 'LOAD DATA LOCAL INFILE' statement. 16. Create a database “Customer” and store the relevant data to perform the operations by using following methods in MongoDB queries.  CreateCollection()  save()  update()  drop() 17. create table “computer” in Cassandra using and perform the following CQL Data Manipulation Commands i) Insert()ii) Update() iii) Delete() iv) Batch()

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 107

SCHEME OF VALUATION

ALLOCATION OF MARKS Writing any one answer from PART – A 10 Marks Writing any one answer from PART – B 20 Marks Execution (PART – A) 10 Marks Execution (PART – B) 20 Marks Result with printout ( PART – A) 5 Marks Result with printout ( PART – B) 5 Marks VIVA – VOCE 5 Marks TOTAL 75 Marks

S. No. LIST OF EQUIPMENT Total Nos 1 Desktop Computers 36 Nos. 2 Laser Printer 4 Nos.

S. No. LIST OF SOFTWARE SUGGESTED 1 My SQL 5.6 2 MongoDB 2.2.3 3 Cassandra 3.4

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 108

THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM

Programme : COMPUTER ENGINEERING Semester : IV Course Code : 15O - 7210 Course Name : LIFE AND EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS PRACTICAL

TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION No. of Weeks per Semester: 15 Weeks Examination Instructions Max. Marks Course Semester- Periods/ Periods / Continuous Duration End Total week Semester Assessment Examinations

Life And Employability 4 60 25 75 100 3 Hours Skill Practical

Topics and Allocation of PERIODS:

Part Section No. of Periods

A Communication 40 Entrepreneurship, Project Preparation, Productivity, B Occupational Safety, Health, Hazard, Quality 15 Tools&Labour Welfare C Environment, Global Warming, Pollution 05

TOTAL 60

COURSE OUTCOMES 15O – 7210 LIFE AND EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS PRACTICAL On successful completion of this course, students should be able to C407.1 : Listen to audios on environment and answer the questions, make instant sentences and expressions C407.2 : Introduce themselves and others, describe pictures, solve real time problems, narrate a story, frame questions and sentences based on the given patterns and speak dialogues C407.3 : Write an effective resume, build team spirit through Group discussions and prepare an outline of a project

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 109

C407.4 : Analyze the resources available and make presentations on Entrepreneurship, Marketing Analysis, Productivity, Quality tools, Occupational safety, Labour welfare legislation and Gender Sensitization C407.5 : Demonstrate the skills required to fetch employment, protect the environment and demonstrate professional ethics to become a responsible engineer

CO-PO&PSO’S MAPPING MATRIX

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PSO1 PSO2 C407.1 - - - - - 3 - 3 3 3 - - C407.2 - - - - - 1 - 3 3 3 - - C407.3 - - - - - 1 - 3 3 3 - - C407.4 - 1 - - 3 - 3 3 3 3 - - C407.5 - - - - 3 3 3 3 3 3 - - C407 Total - 1 - - 6 8 6 15 15 15 - - Correlation - 1 - - 3 2 3 3 3 3 - - Level

LIFE AND EMPLOYABILITY SKILLS PRACTICAL SYLLABUS

Part Topics Activity Periods

 Listening  Instant sentence making and Saying expressions/ phrases 20  Self- introduction/ introducing others  Describe/explain product/object Communication, Listening,  Problem solving skills / story telling A Training, Facing Interviews,  Behavioural Skills Frame questions based on patterns &Make sentences based on patterns  Dialogue 20  Prepareresume&Mock interviews  Group Discussion  Prepare an outline of a project  Attend a seminar on Entrepreneurship Entrepreneurship, Project awareness programme through EDC on Preparation, Marketing B the following topics: Analysis, Support &  Story of successful entrepreneurs Procurement 05  Analyse the marketing strategies

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 110

 Preparation of project  Schemes available to become an entrepreneur  Make a presentation / write an assignment on any one of the above topics.  Attend an awareness programme /video presentation on the following topics:  Productivity and comparison with Productivity – comparison with 05 developed countries developed countries, Quality  Total Quality Management Tools, Circles, Consciousness,  House keeping Management, House Keeping  Make a presentation / write an assignment on any one of the above topics. B  Attend an awareness programme /video presentation on the following topics:  Occupational Safety &Health Occupational Safety, Health Hazards Hazard, Accident & Safety,  Accident & Safety / First aid First-Aid,Labour Welfare  Labour Welfare Legislation and 05 Legislation, Welfare Acts Welfare Acts  Make a presentation / write an assignment on any one of the above topics.  Listen video presentations to develop listening skills  Make a presentation on Green environment in our campus Environment, Global Warming, 05 C  Prepare an assignment on the causes of Pollution global warming and pollution and the ways to reduce  Enact a small skit with the team highlighting the environmental issues

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 111

LEARNING STRUCTURE 100 Marks Focus more on Speaking & Listening Skills Attention less on Reading & Writing Skills Apply the skills in fulfilling the Objectives on Focused Topics a) Listening 25 Marks 1. Deductive Reasoning Skills (taking down notes/hints) 10 2. Cognitive Skills (answering questions) 10 3. Retention Skills (filling in blanks with exact words heard) 05 b) Speaking Extempore/ Prepared 30 Marks 1. Personality/Psychological Skills (instant sentence making/ Problem solving) 05 2. Pleasing & Amiable Skills (say in p hrases/expressions) 05 3. Assertive Skills (introducing oneself/ others) 05 4. Expressive Skills (describe/explain things / story telling) 05 5. Fluency/Compatibility Skills (dialogue) 05 6. Leadership/Team Spirit Skills (group discussion) 05 c) Writing & Reading 20 Marks 1. Creative & Reasoning Skills (frame questions on patterns) 05 2. Creative & Composing Skills (make sentences on patterns ) 05 3. Attitude & Aim Skills (prepare resume) 05 4. Entrepreneurship Skills (prepare outline of a project) 05 d) Continuous Assessment (Internal Marks) 25 Marks 1. Communication related activities recorded in record note 10 2. Presentation / Assignments on the focussed topics must recorded in record 5 note book 3. Model exam 5 4. Attendance 5

INTERNAL MARKS (CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT) 25 MARKS EXTERNAL MARKS AT THE END EXAMINATION 75 MARKS

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 112

THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM – 636 005 (Autonomous Institution) DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING Life and Employability Skills Practical Model Question Paper Year / Sem : II / IV Max. Marks : 75 Code : 15O-7210 Time : 3 Hrs PART A LISTENING (25 MARKS) 1. Listen to passage related to environmental issue take down notes/hints. 10 2. Listen to the passage and answer the following questions. 10 3. Listen to the content and fill in the blanks. 05 PART B SPEAKING (30 MARKS) 1. Make five instant sentences that you use when you go to a market / shopping Mall 05 2. Present five expressions that you commonly use when you see your teacher at a 05 Shopping Mall. 3. Present your Self Introduction 05 4. Describe any newlylaunched product of your engineering (or) Narrate a story in your 05 own words 5. Present a dialogue with your partner about your planned activities regarding your 05 new business that you are about to establish. 6. Form a group of six members and discuss on “Effects of Global Warming”. Focus on 05 team spirit and perform the Group Discussion with an appropriate summary. PART C WRITING & READING (20 MARKS) 1. Frame two new questions from the pattern given by changing sets of words with 05 your own.

a. When do you return? b. How is his performance? c. Where has the manager gone? d. What is the progress today? e. Why are the machines not functioning?

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 113

2. Make two new sentences from the pattern given by changing sets of words with 05 your own.

a. The workers are on strike b. The labourers were in the industry working c. There is a rest room for the workers d. These are the new Launched by our products company e. Almost have own vehicles everyone 3. Prepare a resume for the post of site supervisor in a Manufacturing Company. 05 4. Prepare an outline of a project to obtain a loan. (Provide headings and subheadings). 05 I. Guidelines for setting the question paper: A. LISTENING: Only topics related to POLLUTION / ENVIRONMENT / GLOBAL WARMING IS TO BE TAKEN. These topics are common for all the three types of evaluation. B. SPEAKING: 1. WORDS of common usage 2. Fragments – expression of politeness, courtesy, cordiality, congratulations 3. Introduce yourself as an engineer with designation (or) Introduce the official visiting your company/department 4. Describe/Explain the product/machine/department (or) Narrate a story or solution to the given problem 5. Dialogue must be with someone in the place of work. 6. Group of six/eight Discuss the focused topic prescribed in syllabus C. WRITING & READING: 1. Provide five different structures. Students are to substitute at least two with some other word/words 2. Provide five different structures. Students are to substitute at least two with some other word/words 3. Prepare resume for some posts related to industries. 4. Outline of the project (skeleton/structure) Only the various headings and subheadings Content is not needed Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 114

II. Guidelines for recording the material on the Focused Topics in the Record note. Prepare Assignments / PowerPoint Presentationson any five topics, from the list of topics given below: 5 Marks The Assignments and the print outs of the PowerPoint presentations must be recorded in the record note book. (5 topics x 10 marks = 50 marks. The Average can be made to 5 marks) 1. Productivity in Industries – Comparison with developed countries 2. Quality Tools, Quality Circles and Quality Consciousness 3. Effective Management 4. House Keeping in Industries 5. Occupational Safety and Hazard 6. Occupational Accident and First Aid 7. Labour Welfare Legislations 8. Labour Welfare Acts and Rights 9. Entrepreneurship 10. Marketing Analysis, Support and Procurement 11. Important Constitutional and Legal Provisions for Women in India. 12. The Harassment os Women at Workplace (Prevention and Prohibition and Redressal) Act, 2013 13. Guidelines and Norms laid down by the Hon’ble Supreme court in Vishaka and Others 14. The National Commission for Protection of Child Rights(NCPCR) 15. The Protection of Children from Sexual Offences (POCSO) Act and Rule of POCSO Rules, 2012 16. Environment 17. Global Warming 18. Pollution 19. Green Assignment 20. List of Successful Entrepreneurs in their domain / region.

LABORATORY REQUIREMENT: 1. An echo-free room 2. Necessary furniture and comfortable chairs 3. A minimum of two Computers with internet access 4. A minimum of two different English dailies 5. A minimum of Three Mikes with and without cords 6. Colour Television (minimum size – 29”) 7. DVD/VCD Player with Home Theatre speakers 8. Smart board 9. Projector

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 115

SUGGESTED READING S.No Title Author Publisher 1. Production and Operations Management SN Chary TMH 2. Essentials of Management Koontz &Weihrich TMH 3. Modern Production/ Operations E.S. Buffa and R.K. Sarin John Wiley & Sons Management 4. Production Systems: Planning, Analysis and J.L. Riggs 3rd.,ed., Wiley control 5. Productions and Operations Management A.Muhlemann, J. Macmillan Oakland and K.Lockyer 6. Operations Research – An Introduction H.A. Taha Prentice Hall of India 7. Operations Research J.K. Sharma Macmillan 8. Business Correspondence & Report writing R.C. Sharma and TMH K.Mohan 9. How to prepare for Group Discussion & Prasad TMH Interview(with Audio Cassette) 10. Spoken English – A self-learning guide to V. Sasikumar, Tata McGraw-Hill conversation practice(with Cassette) P.V.Dhamija Publishing Company Ltd 11. Introduction to Environmental Engineering Mackenzie, L.Davis and McgrawHill, 3rd Ed A. DavidCornwell 12. Environmental Engineering Peary, Rowe and McgrawHill Tchobanoglous 13. Total Quality Management– An Paul James Prentice Hall Introductory Text 14. Quality Control and Applications Housen&Ghose 15. Industrial Engineering Management O.P. Khanna DhanpatRai publications

SUGGESTED WEB RESOURCES 1. www.thesmi.com 2. www.oecd.org/std/productivity 3. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Indian_labour_law 4. https://ohsonline.com/ 5. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Total_quality_management 6. www.msmeonline.tn.gov.in

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 116

SEMESTER - V

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 117

THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM

Programme : COMPUTER ENGINEERING Semester : V Course Code : 15O - 7305 Course Name : WEB PROGRAMMING

TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION No. of weeks per semester: 15 weeks Examination Instructions Max. Marks Course Semester- Periods/ Periods / Continuous Duration End Total week Semester Assessment Examinations Web 5 75 25 75 100 3 Hours Programming

TOPICS AND ALLOCATION OF PERIODS Unit No. Topics No. of Periods I INTRODUCTION TO WEB DEVELOPMENT TECHNIQUES 12 II CLIENT SIDE SCRIPTING (JAVA SCRIPT) 14 III SERVER SIDE SCRIPTING (JSP) 13 IV AJAX 11 V DATEBASE ACCESS AND WEB SERVICES 12 INDUSTRIAL VISITS 04 CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT TEST AND MODEL EXAMS 09 TOTAL 75

COURSE OUTCOMES

15O – 7305 WEB PROGRAMMING On successful completion of this course, students should be able to C501.1 : Understand the basic concepts of Web Development Techniques. C501.2 : Build simple JSP scripts. C501.3 : Demonstrate and understand the Server side scripting. C501.4 : Understand and create simple Ajax applications. C501.5 : Explain about database access and web services.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 118

CO-PO&PSO’S MAPPING MATRIX

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PSO1 PSO2 C501.1 - 3 3 3 - - - 2 2 3 - 3 C501.2 - 3 3 3 - - - 2 2 3 - 3 C501.3 - 3 2 3 - - - 2 2 3 - 3 C501.4 - 3 1 3 - - - 2 2 3 - 3 C501.5 - 3 3 3 - - - 2 2 3 - 3 C501 Total - 15 11 15 - - - 10 10 15 - 15 Correlation - 3 2.2 3 - - - 2 2 3 - 3 Level

DETAILED SYLLABUS UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO WEB DEVELOPMENT TECHNIQUES ……. 12PERIODS 1.1 HTML5:Definition-new elements-semantic elements-embedded elements-comment tag – doctype tag – meta tag-article tag – New Form Elements – Audio Elements – Audio tag 3Per –bdi tag-Canvas Elements. (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/iyafB0VCLsA for HTML5) 1.2. Web Analytics:Definition – Importance of web Analytics – Web Analytics Process – Google Analytics – Google Analytics Report: Audience Analysis – Acquisition Analysis – 4Per Behavior Analysis – Conversion Analysis (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/1lfnOYu0zxA for web Analytics)

1.3 Bootstrap: Twitter Bootstrap – History – why Use of Bootstrap – Downloading &setting up Bootstrap – Bootstrap Packages – File Structure 3Per

(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/8jBlUKimPVc for Bootstrap)

1.4 jQuery:Definition – Important core features supported by jQuery – Local Installation – CDN Based Version – Basics of jQuery: String, Numbers, Boolean, Objects, Arrays, 2Per Functions, arguments. (Refer Web Link : https://youtu.be/a59kOE2Ma1Q?list=PL6n9fhu94yhVDV697uvHpavA3K_eWGQap for jQuery UNIT II CLIENT SIDE SCRIPTING (JAVA SCRIPT………. 14PERIODS 2.1. JavaScript Basics : Need of scripting languages – Variables and Data Types : Declaring Variables – Life span of variables – Data Types – Operators : Assignment , comparison, 5Per computational and logical operators – Control Structures : Conditional Statements – Loop Statements : for, while, for in, break and continue statements (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/vZBCTc9zHtI for JavaScript Basics)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 119

2.2. Object-Based Programming and Message boxes: Functions – Executing Deferred Scripts – objects : Document object Model , Predefined objects, Array object, History object , 3Per Location object – Dialog Boxes – Alert Boxes – Confirm Boxes – Prompt Boxes (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/nCvESPNzyiM for Object-Based Programming) 2.3. JavaScript with HTML: Events – Event Handlers : onLoadandonUnload – onFocusandonBlur – onError – Forms : Forms Array – Form element properties – 2Per Example (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/60O1CJqh8IM?list=PL6C77687D0C19B015 for JavaScript with HTML) 2.4. Using JavaScript URLs: Client-side Image maps – Server Side Image Maps – Status bar – Cookies – Live Connect – Java Console – Java Script to Java – Java to JavaScript 4Per Communication. (Refer Web Links : https://youtu.be/8I8X_iyZdaE for using JavaScript URLs) UNIT III SERVER SIDE SCRIPTING (JSP) ….…… 13 PERIODS 3.1. Introduction: Client side scripting versus Server Side scripting – JSP vs JavaScript – Advantages and disadvantages of JSP – Client and server responsibilities – Installing and 4Per configuring Tomcat server – JSP Architecture – Life cycle of a JSP page – JSP vs Servlets – JSP vs ASP.NET – List of JSP servers (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/78nSYSQO0H0?list=PLEAQNNR8IlB5qfU7joeyIVRCRqD3nMsmV for JSP) 3.2. JSP Elements: Comments – Directives: Page, Include andtaglib directives – Scripting 4Per elements: Declarations – Scriplets – expressions – Simple JSP page (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/E2Uj3XD6TAs for JSP elements) 3.3. Implicit Object: Request, response, pagecontext, application, out, config, page, session, 3Per exception – Scope: Application – Session – Request (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/obHF37iOxxw for Implicit Object) 3.4 Writing Simple JSP programs: Convert entered text into uppercase – Find the maximum 2Per of three numbers – Add two numbers. (Refer Web Link : https://youtu.be/Alf8pakgOBU for writing Simple JSP programs) UNIT – IV AJAX ……… 11PERIODS 4.1. Introduction to AJAX:Purpose – Traditional web application – Ajax Application – 4Per Alternatives to AJAX (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/8DCwGUDlcto for AJAX introduction) 4.2. Ajax Framework: Creating an XMLHttpRequest Object – Use Prototype and Script.aculo.us – Basic communication techniques with server – Interact with XML 3Per files in the Web Server – Implementing basic AJAX techniques (Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kITAxN_5kUg for ajax framework)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 120

4.3. Simple AJAX applications : i) Hello World application ii) Getting the server date time from a JSP page using AJAX. iii) Develop a html search page using Ajax functionality and a server side script that 4Per returns results based on search criteria. Develop a html search page containing a textbox for taking search string as input from the user and get the results from the server using Ajax functionality, and display them on the page. (Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nm211NaGEmk for simple AJAX applications) UNIT – V DATE BASE ACCESS AND WEB SERVICES ……… 12 PERIODS MySQL: Create table – create records var, driver, url attributes. 5.1. Jdbc– OdbcDriver. Creating connection, Creating statement – Statement– 4Per executeUpdate(), executeQuery() methods - Select, insert, update, delete operations. (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/KgiCxe-ZW8o?list=PL32BC9C878BA72085for MySQL) 5.2 Web Services : WSDL – UDDI – SOAP – Deploying and Managing Web Services. 4Per (Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=J4-z_CUa87c for web services) Develop Project: Using HTML5, JSP to manipulate data in MySQL database. 5.2. 4Per  Create simple Chat Box (Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Tga-rq8U7Vo for chat box)

LIST OF PROPOSED STUDENT ACTIVITIES I. INDUSTRIAL VISITS Imparting industrial visits to any one of the following industries to understand the real time applications 1. Best Webmasterz – Address: 5/33-3, Ground Floor, K.R.P Complex, Bangalore Bypass Road, Near Ayyappan Temple, Sastha Nagar, Salem, Tamil Nadu 636004 2. MindMade Technologies Pollachi Main Rd, achanari, Coimbatore, Tamil Nadu 641021

Industrial visit report has to be submitted by the students as assignment through Blackboard and as hard copy to the faculty concerned.

III. OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE / LEARNING WEBSITE  http://www.tutorialspoint.com/jsp/jsp_quick_guide.html  http://www.html5andcss3.org/html5tutorialpdf  http://www.tutorialspoint.com/html/html_tutorial.pdf

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 121

TEXT BOOKS YEAR OF S.NO TITLE AUTHOR PUBLISHER PUBLISHING / EDITION Tata McGraw Hill The Complete Reference 1. Thomas A Powell Publishing Ltd, New Fifth Edition HTML & CSS Delhi JavaScript the Complete MC Grawhill, New 5. Powell, Thomas 3rd Edition Reference Delhi S hroff Publishers IvonBayross Fourth 6. Ajax for Beginners and Distributors, Sharanam Shah reprint, 2011 Mumbai Web Services Theory and ELSEVIER Digital First Edition 7. AnuraGuruge Practices Press, New Delhi 2004

REFERENCE BOOKS

YEAR OF PUBLISHING S.NO TITLE AUTHOR PUBLISHER / EDITION

Teach Yourself Web IvonBayross BPB Publications, New Reprinted 2011 1. Technologies Delhi Second Edition

Firewall Media, New 2. Web Technology Ramesh Bangia Reprint 2008 Delhi

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 122

THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM-636 005 (Autonomous Institution) DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING WEB PROGRAMMING Model Question Paper – I Year/Sem: II / III Max. Marks : 75 Code no: 15O-7305 Time : 3 Hrs

PART-A (5 X 2 = 10marks) Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy (ii) All questions carry equal marks Level

1. How to comment HTML tags? Give one example. I U 2. What is Twitter Bootstrap? Why we use this? I U 3. Write any two differences between onLoad and onUnLoad. II U 4. List out the directive tags. III R 5. How is Java Server Pages different from Active Server Pages? III U 6. Describe the situations in which AJAX should not be used. IV U 7. What is the use of executeUpdate() method? Give one example. IV U 8. Explain how can you refer to CSS file in the web page? I U PART-B (5 X 3 = 15marks) Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 16 iscompulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy (ii) All questions carry equal marks Level

9. Write a jQuery code that hide all the input elements within a form. I Ap 10. In built-in methods which method calls a function for each element in the II U array and Which method removes the last element from an array? 11. Name three java script development tools. II R 12. Write a jsp program to convert entered text into uppercase. III Ap 13. List out the basic communication techniques with server while using ajax. IV R 14. Why do we use the XML Http Request object in AJAX? IV U 15. While accessing the database how can you perform insert, update and V U delete operations? Give example. 16. Mention some tips you can use to reduce the load time of a web application II U that you have written?

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 123

PART-C (5 x 10 = 50marks)

Note:(i) Answer allthe questions choosing either sub-division (A) Bloom’s Maximum or sub-division (B) of eachquestion. Unit Taxonomy Marks (ii)All questions carryequalmarks. Level

17. A. (i) How do you create a link? How do you link to a location in the I U 5 middle of an HTML document? Explain the file structure of Bootstrap (ii) Explain the file structure of Bootstrap I U 5

(OR)

B. Design a single page website for your polytechnic containing a I Ap 10 description of the courses offered. It should also contain some general information about the college such as its history, the campus, and its unique features and so on. The site should be colored and each section should have a different color.

18. A. (i) How do you get JavaScript onto a web page? Explain with II U 5 examples. (ii) Write a Javascript program using switch statement to change the II Ap 5 background colors. (OR)

B. Explain the control structures of Javascript using with examples. II U 10

19. A. (i) Explain the life cycle of the JSP. III U 5

(ii) How the implicit objects are performed in server side scripting? III U 5 Explain. (OR)

B. Explain the inbuilt objects of JSP. What is the difference between III U 10 and <%@include file =...>

20. A. (i) What are the basic communication techniques available with IV U 5 server? Explain (ii) Develop a simple Hello World application using AJAX IV Ap 5

(OR)

B. Develop an AJAX application to get the server date time from a JSP IV Ap 10 page using AJAX. How to deploy and manage web services.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 124

21. A. (i) How to process the SQL statements with JDBC? Explain. V U 5

(ii) Explain about Web Services and its types. V U 5

(OR) B. Write down the steps for connecting to a database via JDBC-ODBC V U 10

Note:The question paper setters are requested to follow the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy levels as presented below:

Bloom’s Taxonomy Lower Order Thinking Skills (LOTs) Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs)

Level R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap- Apply An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create % to be included 90% 10%

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 125

THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM-636 005 (Autonomous Institution) DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING WEB PROGRAMMING Model Question Paper - II Year/Sem: II / III Max. Marks : 75 Code no: 15O-7305 Time : 3 Hrs PART-A (5 X 2 = 10marks) Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 8 Unit Bloom’s is compulsory Taxonomy Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks

1. How to define a section that is quoted from another source? I R & U

2. Why we use Bootstrap? Mention any two reasons. I U

3. Compare onBlur and onFocus. II U

4. How will be the communication between java to javascript? II U

5. Draw a neat diagram of JSP architecture. III R

6. List any two alternatives of Ajax. IV R

7. What are the components of a Web Service? V R

8. Why can't Javascript be used to generate dynamic content rather than JSP? V U Justify.

PART-B (5 X 3 = 15marks) Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy (ii) All questions carry equal marks Level

9. Write down any four importances of web analytics. I U

10. What are the important core features supported by jQuery? I U

11. State the purpose of using jspDestroy() method. II U

12. What are the four major phases of JSP life cycle that are very similar to II R Servlet Life Cycle? 13. When we can use Ajax? Give few examples. III U 14. Explain the working principle of Ajax. IV U 15. How to interact with XML files in the web server? V U

16. How to handle Network security threats in Web services? III U

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 126

PART-C (5 x 10 = 50marks)

ii) Write a program using CSS to set the background colors, fonts and I Ap 5 paragraphs. (OR) B. What is the functionality of Google Analytics? Explain the reports I U 10 generated by Google Analytics.

18. A. (i) Explain in detail about Event handlers in java script. II U 5

(ii) What are the javascript popup boxes available? Explain with II U 5 example. (OR) B. Write a script using Javascript that checks the given input for a valid II Ap 10 name, password length more than 6 characters and age field in the range of 1 to 99. Also write the appropriate HTML code to implement this script.

19. A. (i) Write JSP program to find the maximum of three numbers. III Ap 5

(ii) Explain the implicit objects of JSP with example. III U 5

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 127

B. Write down the steps involved in installing and configuring Tomcat III U 10 server.

20. A. (i) Explain in detail about Ajax Framework. 5 U 5 (ii) Compare the Traditional web application and Ajax applications. 5 U 5

B. Explain Ajax web application model with the help of a diagram. Also 10 U 10 explain applications and alternatives to Ajax.

21. A. (i) How to connect a database in a webpage? Explain the steps 5 U 5 involved in it. (ii) By using JSP how to manipulate data in MySQL database? 5 U 5 (OR) B. Explain components of Web Services and explain how does it work. 10 U 10

Note:The question paper setters are requested to follow the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy levels as presented below:

Bloom’s Taxonomy Lower Order Thinking Skills (LOTs) Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs)

Level R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap- Apply An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create % to be included 90% 10%

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 128

THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM

Programme : COMPUTER ENGINEERING Semester : V Course Code : 15O - 7306 Course Name : COMPUTER HARDWAREAND SERVICING TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION No. of weeks per semester: 15 weeks Examination Instructions Max. Marks Course Semester- Periods / Periods/ Continuous Duration End Total week Semester Assessment Examinations Computer Hardware And 5 75 25 75 100 3Hours Servicing

TOPICS AND ALLOCATION OF PERIODS Unit No. Topics No. of Periods I MOTHERBOARD AND ITS COMPONENTS 11 II MEMORY AND I/O DEVICES 14 III DISPLAY, POWER SUPPLY AND BIOS 13 MAINTENANCE AND TROUBLESHOOTING OF DESKTOP & IV 12 LAPTOPS V MOBILE PHONE SERVICING 12 INDUSTRIAL VISIT 04 CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT TEST & MODEL EXAMS 09 TOTAL 75

COURSE OUTCOMES 15O – 7306COMPUTER HARDWAREAND SERVICING On successful completion of this course, students should be able to C502.1 : Understand the components of motherboard and bus. C502.2 : Explain the concept of I/O and storage devices. C502.3 : Illustrate the technology of color graphic output devices, power factors and BIOS functions in computer systems. C502.4 : Identify and troubleshoot the problems in systems and peripherals. C502.5 : Classify and troubleshoot the parts in mobile phones.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 129

CO-PO&PSO’S MAPPING MATRIX CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PSO1 PSO2 C502.1 - 3 3 3 - - - 2 2 3 3 - C502.2 - 3 2 2 - - - 2 2 3 3 - C502.3 2 3 3 1 - - - 2 2 3 3 2 C502.4 - 3 3 3 - - - 2 2 3 3 - C502.5 - 3 3 3 - - - 2 2 3 3 - C502 Total - 15 14 12 - - - 10 10 15 15 2 Correlation 2 3 2.8 2.4 - - - 2 2 3 3 2 Level

DETAILED SYLLABUS UNIT – I MOTHERBOARD AND ITS COMPONENTS ………. 11PERIODS 1.1 Motherboard Components :Processor sockets/slots – memory sockets – Chipsets – Cache – BIOS – Clock generator – RTC – Super I/O Controller – Power connector – Battery – 3Per Keyboard/Mouse Connectors – Jumpers – Ports and Headers – Pin Connectors – Motherboard Form factor – Hardware, Software and Firmware. (Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BctFFUIhjkk for Motherboard Components) 1.2. Motherboard: Architecture and block diagram 2Per (Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-aeac_9b6FA for Motherboard) 1.3. Processors: Introduction – functional block diagram, Hyper threading, Turbo boost technology, Multi core – dual core technology,Quad core technology, Core I series – AMD 3Per Series, Itanium Processor, Xeon Processor. (Refer Web Link : https://youtu.be/GLSPub4ydiM for Processors) 1.4 Chipsets: Chipset basics – North / South Bridge architecture and Hub architecture. 1Per (Refer Web Link : https://youtu.be/h6uYLsxbUqo for Chipsets) 1.5 Bus Standards: Overview and features of PCI, AGP, USB, PCMCIA, Processor BUS – High 2Per Speed Bus (Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=x6Rw2Q7KPIE for bus Standards) UNIT – II MEMORY AND I/O DEVICES ………. 14 PERIODS 2.1 Primary and Secondary Memory: Introduction-working principles – Memory speed- access time- wait states, Main Memory –DDR2- DDR3 – DDR4, RAM versions – 1TB RAM – Direct RDRAM – Flash Memory- Shadow RAM, Cache L1, L2 and L3 – Memory errors- 4Per types. Hard Disk: Introduction – Construction – Working Principle – Specification of IDE, Ultra ATA, Serial ATA, SCSI, SAS, Disk Array controller, HDD Partition – Formatting. Troubleshooting hard disk drives: Problem diagnosis (Refer Web Link : https://youtu.be/6f736gCjJXY for Primary and Secondary Memory)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 130

2.2. Removable Storage Devices: Internal and External DVD drives – DVD – ROM – Recordable DVD – Rewritable DVD – Combo Drive –Drive interfaces and connections – Preventive Maintenance for DVD. Cleaning DVD drives Blu-ray: Introduction – Main Blu-ray Disc 3Per Parameters – Recording and Playback Principles. Special drives: External drives, Memory stick, USB-flash drive – solid state drive – Self Encryption Derive (SED). (Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=b2bC_Xx0baY for removable storage devices) 2.3. Keyboard& Mouse : Signals – Interfacing (PS/2, USB,Wireless) – Types of keys – Keyboard Matrix, Key bouncing – Types of keyboard (Simple&Mechanical), Mouse: Types – 4Per connectors – Optical mouse operation – Optical mouse Cleaning – Troubleshooting flowchart for a mouse (Refer Web Link : https://youtu.be/N1uHX_WQsEY for Keyboard& Mouse) 2.4 Printers& Scanner: Introduction – Types of printers – Dot Matrix – Inkjet – Laser – line printer, MFP(Multi-Function Printer) Operation – Common problems. Scanners: 3Per Introduction – Types of Scanners (Barcode, Handheld, B/W, Color, Flatbed) – Interface – Scanner mechanism – working principle – Preventive maintenance troubleshooting (Refer Web Link : https://youtu.be/kC8TO5gpEKY for Printers & Scanner) UNIT – III DISPLAY, POWER SUPPLY and BIOS ………. 13 PERIODS 3.1 Displays and Graphic Cards: Panel Displays – LCD Principles – Plasma Displays – TFTDisplay – LED Displays. Graphics Card: Definition and Applications – Video capture card.Adapters: 3Per SVGA, EGA cards (Refer Web Link : https://youtu.be/TKwEpCdJ0WM for Displays and Graphic Cards) 3.2 SMPS: Block diagram – Basic Principles and Operations – O/P Voltage – Capacity – Cable color code – Connector and Power Good – Common Failures (No circuit diagram to be 4Per discussed)Other Devices : UPS – factors for selecting UPS – Stabilizers and spike Guards. Power consumption of each component. (Refer Web Link : https://youtu.be/NoGl7oeh7eU for SMPS) 3.3 BIOS: BIOS functions – Cold and Warm booting – BIOS error codes – BIOS interrupts – identification of Different BIOS ( AMI, AWARD BIOS) – BIOS Memory Assignments – BIOS 3Per advance setup (Refer Web Link : https://youtu.be/98svsGMRc3s for BIOS) 3.4 POST: Error, Beep Codes, Error messages, Post – Faults related to Hardware – Faults 3Per Related to Software. (Refer Web Link : https://youtu.be/bCYKPmk08e8 for POST) UNIT– IV MAINTENANCE AND TROUBLESHOOTING OF DESKTOP & LAPTOPS ………. 12PERIODS 4.1. Laptop: Difference between laptop and desktop – Types of laptop – Block diagram – working principles – configuring laptops and power settings – SMD components, ESD and 3Per precautions (Refer Web Link : https://youtu.be/KvjkyvmHv0U for laptop) 4.2. Laptop components: Adapter – Types, Battery – Types and basic problems, RAM – types, 3Per CPU – types, Laptop Mother Board – block diagram, Laptop Keyboard (Refer Web Link : https://youtu.be/jltzaeUlmII for laptop components)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 131

4.3. Installation and Troubleshooting: Formatting, Partitioning and Installation of OS – 3Per Trouble Shooting Laptop and Desktop computer problems – Windows event Viewer (Refer Web Link : https://youtu.be/QCYOiK9QP08 for installation and troubleshooting) 4.4. Preventive Maintenance and Upgrading: Preventive Maintenance: Tools required – active and Passive Maintenance – Types of Diagnostics software – Preventive Maintenance Schedule – Upgrading of Systems: Mother Board, Memory, CPU, Graphic 3Per Card, and BIOS up gradation, Additional features, Updating of System and Applications Software. (Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=GvjWrQEkqwofor Troubleshooting of Computers)

UNIT – V MOBILE PHONE SERVICING ……12PERIODS 5.1. Mobile phone components: Basics of mobile communication, Components: battery – antenna-ear piece- microphone – speaker-buzzer – LCD – keyboard. Basic circuit board 3Per components – Names and functions of different ICs used in mobile phones. (Refer Web Link : https://youtu.be/5Rpd0_larvE for mobile phone components) 5.2. Tools & Instruments used in mobile servicing: Mobile servicing kit – soldering and de- soldering components using different soldering tools – Use of multi-meter and battery 3Per booster. (Refer Web Link : https://youtu.be/UhAfMniO5HE for tools & instruments used in mobile servicing) 5.3. Installation & Troubleshooting: Assembling and disassembling of different types of mobile phones – Installation of OS – Fault finding & troubleshooting Jumper techniques 3Per and solutions (Refer Web Link : https://youtu.be/mbnQ9WsezlA for Installation & Troubleshooting) 5.4. Diagnostic Software and Viruses: Mobile Viruses – Precautions – Antivirus Software 3Per Flashing – Formatting – Unlocking – Use of secret codes – Downloading-Routing (Refer Web Link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gc7xzY_yL-A for mobile servicing)

LIST OF PROPOSED STUDENT ACTIVITIES

I. INDUSTRIAL VISITS Imparting industrial visits to any one of the following industries to understand the real time applications

1. Hcl Infosystems Ltd, Sedarapet, Pondicherry – 605111 2. Nokia Solutions & Networks India Pvt. Ltd, Oragadam, Sriperumbudur, Chennai – 603109 3. Hitech Universal Printers & Publishers Pvt Ltd, Gopalapuram, Coimbatore - 641062

Industrial visit report has to be submitted by the students as assignment through Blackboard and as hard copy to the faculty concerned.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 132

III. CASE STUDIES Case study on the following 1. Understanding basic hardware of computer 2. Fault finding of input/output devices 3. Proper handling of Computer System Hardware 4. Find the solution for enable HYPER V

IV. OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE / LEARNING WEBSITE  http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/courses.php?disciplineId=106  ist.mit.edu/computer-repair  https://www.techopedia.com/definition/13965

REFERENCE BOOKS YEAR OF S.NO TITLE AUTHOR PUBLISHER PUBLISHING / EDITION Tata Mc-Graw Hill, Second edition 1. IBM PC and CLONES B.Govindrajalu New Delhi 2002 Computer Installation and Tata Mc-Graw Hill, Eleventh 2. D.Balasubramanian Servicing New Delhi Reprint 2010 Computer Installation and ISTE- Learning 3. MG.Radhakrishnan First Edition Troubleshooting Materials First Edition Fire wall Media, 4. PC Repair and Maintenance Joel Rosenthal 2007 New Delhi Reprint : 2015 Second Edition 5. Upgrading and repairing laptops Scott Mueller QUE Publication 2005 ManaharLotai, Second Revised Modern Computer Hardware BPB Publication , 6. PradeepNiar, and Upodated Course New Delhi PayalLotia Edition 2011 O’ Reilly, S hroff Publishers and Third Indian 7. PC Hardware in a Nutshell Robert Bruce and Co Distributors, Reprint, 2008 Mumbai The Laptop Repair Workbook: An Introduction to Foner books, First Edition 8. Morris Rosenthal Troubleshooting and Repairing United Stats 2008 Laptop Computers. P.J. Stetz and FindTech Ltd, New 9. The Cell Phone Handbook Second Edition Penelope Stetz Delhi BPB Publication, First Edition 10. Advanced Mobile Repairing PanditSanjib New Delhi 2010

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 133

THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM-636 005 (Autonomous Institution) DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING COMPUTER HARDWARE AND SERVICING Model Question Paper – I Year/Sem: III/ V Max. Marks : 75 Code no: 15O-7306 Time : 3 Hrs

PART-A (5 X 2 = 10marks) Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy (ii) All questions carry equal marks Level

1. Define the term hyper threating. I R 2. What is meant by Firmware? I U 3. Define interface and write the process of interface. II R 4. Expand the term MODEM and write down the use of it. II R & U 5. Where the interpolation is used? III U 6. List out any 4 PCI. IV R 7. Why we are using buzzer, what it will do? V U 8. Mention the principles followed in plasma, LCD, LED displays. III U PART-B (5 X 3 = 15marks) Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy (ii) All questions carry equal marks Level

9. Define the term motherboard form factor. I U

10. Deliberate about processor bus and high speed bus? I U

11. Write down the operations of Disk array controller. II R

12. Expand SMPS & UPS and write the use of it. III R & U

13. List down any six types of mobile virus. V R

14. How to configure BIOS setup? III U

15. Write down the differences between ATA & SATA Cable. IV U

16. Distinguish between solid state drive and self-encryption drive II U

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 134

PART-C (5 x 10 = 50marks)

Note: (i) Answer allthe questions choosing either sub-division (A) Bloom’s Maximum or sub-division (B) of eachquestion. Unit Taxonom Marks (ii)All questions carryequalmarks. y Level 17. A. (i) Explain about the different bus standards in detail. I U 5 (ii) With a neat block diagram, explain the architecture of a mother I R& U 5 board (OR)

B. Briefly explain about the features of hyper threading, turbo boost I U 10 and dual core technologies.

18. A. (i) Explain the construction and working principle of DVD ROM. II R& U 5 (ii) Explainbriefly about the Disk array controller. II U 5 (OR)

B. Explain thebasic principle, operation and different file formats of a II U 10 scanner and MFP Printer

19. A. (i) Explain briefly about the PC Bios communication. III U 5 (ii) Draw the block diagram of UPS and explain its operation III R& U 5 (OR)

B. Draw the block diagram and explain the operation of the plasma and III R& U 10 TFT display in briefly

20. A. (i) Explain briefly about SMD components IV U 5 (ii) List out some of the difference between laptop and desktop IV U 5 (OR)

B. Explain briefly about the preventive maintenance techniques IV U 10 adopted for laptops.

21. A. (i)List out some of the different ICs used in mobile phones and their V U 5 operations (ii)Explain the components of basic circuit board and their operations V U 5 (OR)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 135

B. Explain about Fault finding & troubleshooting Jumper techniques and V U 10 solutions

Note:The question paper setters are requested to follow the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy levels as presented below:

Bloom’s Taxonomy Lower Order Thinking Skills (LOTs) Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs)

Level R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap- Apply An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create % to be included 90% 10%

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 136

THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM-636 005 (Autonomous Institution) DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING COMPUTER HARDWARE AND SERVICING Model Question Paper - II Year/Sem: III/V Max. Marks : 75 Code no: 15O-7306 Time : 3 Hrs

PART-A (5 X 2 = 10marks) Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy (ii) All questions carry equal marks Level

1. Expand the term PCMCIA and where it used. I R& U 2. How to utilize the battery Booster? V U 3. List the different versions of RAM. II R 4. What is the use of input/output ports, if any other ports there instead of that? II U 5. Expand the term of POST and describe any two operations of POST. III R& U 6. List out the uses of CMOS battery and expand the term CMOS. III R& U 7. What is meant by graphics card and their uses? IV U 8. Why the chipset is used in motherboard, what is the necessary action of chipset? V U PART-B (5 X 3 = 15marks) Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy (ii) All questions carry equal marks Level

9. Describe about the bus standards and mention the types. I U 10. List out the different types of errors occur based on memory. II R 11. Where the virtual keyboard is used and writes the use of it? II U 12. What is meant by SVGA.Where it used? III R& U 13. Differentiate laptop and notebook. IV U 14. Mention the functions of windows event viewer. IV U 15. What are the uses of jumper techniques? V U 16. Write down the command for identify BIOS version and how to update the BIOS III R& U version?

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 137

PART-C (5 x 10 = 50marks)

Note: (i) Answer allthe questions choosing either sub-division (A) Bloom’s Maximum or sub-division (B) of eachquestion. Unit Taxonom Marks y Level (ii)All questions carryequalmarks. 17. A. (i) What is a Chipset? Explain about its architecture.. I U 5

(ii) Explain briefly about the core I Series processors technology I U 5

(OR) B. List out the various kind of motherboard components and explain the I U 10 uses of each.

18. A. (i) Explain recording and playback principles of Blu-ray disc II U 5 (ii) Explain briefly about the principle of operation of a i) Thump II U 5 scanner ii) Iris scanner. (OR) B. Briefly explain about the problems faced in Hard disk drive and write II U 10 about the troubleshooting of Hard disk drive

19. A. (i) Briefly explain the working principle of MIDI and how it is useful to III U 5 the musician? (ii) What is IPL Hardware? State its advantages III U 5

(OR)

B. Draw the block diagram of ATX power supply connection and explain III R& U 10 its operation also explain the operation of POST

20. A. (i) Explain about laptop components in briefly with their operations. IV U 5

(ii) Explain briefly about soldering and de-soldering components IV U 5 using different soldering tools (OR)

B. Explain briefly about the preventive maintenance techniques IV U 10 adopted for laptops

21. A. (i) Explain about mobile virus and antivirus software in briefly V U 5

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 138

(ii) Explain the steps followed in assembling and disassembling V U 5 mobile phones. (OR)

B. Explain the following terms in briefly V U 10 (i) Battery (ii) Antenna (iii) microphone (iv) speaker (v) Earphone

Note:The question paper setters are requested to follow the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy levels as presented below:

Bloom’s Taxonomy Lower Order Thinking Skills (LOTs) Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs)

Level R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap- Apply An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create % to be included 90% 10%

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 139

THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM

Programme : COMPUTER ENGINEERING Semester : V Course Code : 15O-7307 Course Name : .NET PROGRAMMING

TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION No. of weeks per semester: 15 weeks Examination Instructions Max. Marks Course Semester- Periods/ Periods / Continuous Duration End Total week Semester Assessment Examinations .NET 6 90 25 75 100 3 Hours Programming

TOPICS AND ALLOCATION OF PERIODS Unit No. Topics No. of Periods I INTRODUCTIONTO.NETFRAMEWORK 14 II INTRODUCTION TO C#.NET 16 III WINDOW APPLICATION USING WINDOW FORMS 16 IV APPLICATIONDEVELOPMENTUSINGADO.NET 16 V XML 15 INDUSTRIAL VISITS 04 CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT TEST & MODEL EXAMS 09 TOTAL 90

COURSE OUTCOMES

15O – 7307 .NET PROGRAMMING On successful completion of this course, students should be able to C503.1 : Summarize the basic concept of .NET programming C503.2 : Explain about basic concept of C#.net and its basic input/output methods C503.3 : Develop windows application using windows form C503.4 : Build the web-based applications using ADO.NET and SQL Server C503.5 : Create Web Service-based applications using XML in the .NET environment

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 140

CO-PO&PSO’S MAPPING MATRIX

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PSO1 PSO2 C503.1 - 3 - 3 - - - 2 2 3 - 3 C503.2 2 3 3 3 - - - 2 2 3 - 3 C503.3 2 3 3 3 - - - 2 2 3 - 3 C503.4 2 3 3 3 - - - 2 2 3 - 3 C503.5 2 3 3 3 - - - 2 2 3 - 3 C503 Total 8 15 12 15 - - - 10 10 15 - 15 Correlation 2 3 3 3 - - - 2 2 3 - 3 Level

DETAILED SYLLABUS UNIT – I INTRODUCTION TO .NET FRAMEWORK ……… 14PERIODS

1.1 Introduction to .NET framework –Dot Net Architecture –Managed Code, unmanaged Code–Intermediate Language, Metadata and JIT Compilation–Automatic Memory 5Per Management. (Refer web link:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JUo4T6SYO-0for .NET Framework Architecture) 1.2 Components of .NET framework–The .NET Framework class Library–Common Language Runtime–Common Type System (CTS)–Common Language Specification (CLS) –Assembly 3Per Namespace. (Refer web link:https://youtu.be/dLBai65ekRs for components of .net framework) 1.3 Visual Studio .NET–Using the .NET Framework. Exploring the Visual Studio Integrated 3Per Development Environment –System Requirement – Versions. (Refer Web link:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kKimJGA2grI for Visual studio IDE) 1.4 The Framework Class Library – .NET objects –ASP .NET – .NET web services – Windows 3Per Forms (Refer web link:https://youtu.be/Tu3oJULv_3k for .net framework class library) UNIT – II INTRODUCTION TO C#.NET ……. 16PERIODS 2.1 Elements –C# Program Structure –Types – Variables and Constants – Expressions – 3Per Namespaces – Operators – types – precedence. (Refer web link:https://youtu.be/lFo4fUDYqO0 for C#.net operators) 2.2 Program Flow – Decision statements – if, if…else, if…elseif, Switch Statements. Loop 4Per statements – while, do...while, for, for each, Simple Programs, Nested Loop. (Refer Web link:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0diOF4xmBSMfor C#.net Control statements)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 141

2.3 Types–Value data types – Structures, Enumerations. Reference data types–Array: Single 5Per dimensional – Multi-dimensional arrays – jagged arrays – dynamic arrays (Refer Web link:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Shl7TsNMGSEfor C#.net Array) 2.4 Classes & objects –Abstract & override methods – Creating and using your own classes – 4Per Data members and member methods – Instantiate an object –This keyword (Refer web link:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XbDwLbPHIdwfor How to create a class, objects) UNIT – III WINDOW APPLICATION USING WINDOW FORMS ………. 16PERIODS

3.1 Windows programming – creating windows Forms – Working with Toolbox Controls – Button, Check box, Combo box, Label, List box, Radio Button, Text box, Group Boxes, 4Per Picture Box. (Refer web link: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9csrDlK360k for Window form toolbox) 3.2 Advanced Controls &Events – Timer, Progress Bar, Month Calendar, ToolTips, Tab Controls, Panels – Events– Click, Close, Deactivate, Load, MouseMove, MouseDown, 4Per MouseUp, Keypress ,KeyDown, KeyUp. (Refer web link:https://youtu.be/2elMMoO54W8 for Events) 3.3 Develop multiple form application – Multiple Document Interface (MDI) Forms – Creating MDI Applications – Creating MDI Child Windows – Arranging MDI Child 3Per Windows (Refer web link:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vH22tPVepsAfor VB.NET: Using MDI Forms) 3.4 Menus and Dialog Boxes – Creating menus – menu items – Creating Submenus, Menu Shortcut– context menu – Using dialog boxes – OpenFileDialog, SaveFileDialog, 5Per FontDialog, ColorDialog, PrintDialog showDialog() method. (Refer web link:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=FxG3KvYjomAfor A Simple Menu Strip)

UNIT – IVAPPLICATION DEVELOPMENT USING ADO.NET ………. 16 PERIODS Features of ADO.NET: Architecture of ADO.NET – ADO.NET providers – Connection – 4.1 6Per Command – Data Adapter – Dataset.

(Refer web link:https://youtu.be/Sl_vk2z3PGsfor Data Adapter)

4.2 Accessing Data with ADO.NET: Connecting to Data Source, Accessing Data with Data set and Data Reader – Modifying Table data using Command Objects – Understanding 6Per Data Set and working with Data Column and DataRow – Data Tables – Working with Data GridView (Refer Web link:https://youtu.be/z5Ccn4uVr for datatable)

4.3 Create an ADO.NET application – Using Stored Procedures. 4Per (Refer Web link:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qN3GyEa-efU for Create an ADO.net application) UNIT – V XML ………. 15 PERIODS 5.1 Introduction: Advantages – HTML Vs XML – Browsing and parsing XML – Creating a XML file – Data island – well-formed XML document – XML components: elements – entities – 5Per comments – Processing instructions – Attributes (Refer web link:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YXkuxRL7-_Mfor XML introduction)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 142

5.2. XSLT- Displaying xml with XSLT – XSLT Processor – Data Transformation using XSLT Style sheets – XML schema – need and use of Schema – Building blocks – simple elements – 6Per Defining attributes – complex elements. (Refer web link:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rMcPQpAJGJIforValidate XML Documents Using DTD and Visual Studio)

5.3. XML with .NET–XML Serialization in the .NET Framework –SOAP Fundamentals – Using 4Per SOAP with the .NET Framework.

(Refer web link:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=22d3PN_l-Wgfor Create XSD File)

LIST OF PROPOSED STUDENT ACTIVITIES

I. INDUSTRIAL VISITS Imparting industrial visits to any one of the following industries to understand the real time applications 1. Propulsion technologies , Ram Nagar, Coimbatore 2. Nxtlogic Software Solutions, Gandhipuram, Coimbatore 3. Qbit Technologies,Ramnagar, Coimbatore 4. Everest InfoTech Meyyanur, Salem. Industrial visit report has to be submitted by the students as assignment through Blackboard and as hard copy to the faculty concerned.

III. CASE STUDIES 1. Design and Develop mini project consisting of registration and login facility having user preferred theme. IV. OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE / LEARNING WEBSITE  http://filehippo.com/download_dotnet_framework_4/16179/  http://download.cnet.com/MS-Visual-Studio-2010-Ultimate/3000-2383_4-75450998.html  http://filehippo.com/download_sql_server_studio/6883/  http://www.homeandlearn.co.uk/NET/vbNet.html  http://www.pragimtech.com/c-sharp-video-tutorials.aspx

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 143

TEXT BOOKS YEAR OF S.NO TITLE AUTHOR PUBLISHER PUBLISHING / EDITION First Applications of .Net TMGH Education 1. ISRD Group Edition Technology Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi 2011 Programming C# 3.0, 5th O'Reilly Media, New December 2. Jesse Liberty Edition Delhi 2007 Bill Hamilton, O'Reilly Media, New 3. ADO.NET in a Nutshell April 2003 Matthew MacDonald Delhi Joe Fawcett, Danny WroxBlox, New 4. Beginning XML, 5th Edition July 2012 Ayers, Liam R. E. Quin Delhi

REFERENCE BOOKS

YEAR OF PUBLISHING / S.NO TITLE AUTHOR PUBLISHER EDITION

Introducing Microsoft Microsoft Press.,New 1. David S. Platt Saarc Edition, 2001 .NET Delhi Applications of .Net TMGH Education Pvt. 2. ISRD Group First Edition 2011 Technology Ltd., New Delhi

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 144

THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM-636 005 (Autonomous Institution) Diploma in Computer Engineering .NET PROGRAMMING Model Question Paper-1 Year/Sem: III / V Max. Marks : 75 Code no: 15O-7307 Time : 3 Hrs

PART-A (5 X 2 = 10 marks) Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy (ii) All questions carry equal marks Level

1. Write any two advantages of managed code. Briefly Explain. I R&U

2. What is the use of JIT compilation? I R

3. How will you declare a constant variable? II R 4. Write any four events in Windows Form. III U 5. What are the components in .NET Data provider? IV R 6. Tabulate any three difference between ExecuteReader() and IV R ExecuteNonQuery() method.

7. Differentiate HTML and XML. V R

8. Define XML schema. V R

PART-B (5 X 3 = 15 marks) Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy (ii) All questions carry equal marks Level

9. Write down services of CLR.Explain any two Services. I U

10. What is structure? Give the syntax of structure with example II R

11. What is the use of This and Super Keyword in .net? Explain with an example. II U

12. Explain about Mode and Modeless Windows forms with an example. III U

13. Tabulate any six differences between Data Reader and Dataset. IV U

14. Explain any six features of ADO.NET IV U

15. What is Data Island? Explain with an example V R

16. Why do we use an XML Schema? Give any Four Supported Data types. IV U

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 145

PART-C (5 x 10 = 50marks)

Note: (i) Answer allthe questions choosing either sub-division (A) Bloom’s Maximum or sub-division (B) of eachquestion. Unit Taxonomy Marks (ii)All questions carry equal marks. Level 17 A (i)Explain JIT Compilation with a neat Diagram. I R& U 5 (ii)Explain about Various .net Objects. I U 5 (OR) B Explain in detail about .Net framework architecture with a I U 10 neat diagram

18. A. (i)Explain Combo box and checkbox Control with example. II U 5 (ii)Write VB.NET Program for the following Task using Select Case Statement. Marks Grade 90-99 A II Ap 5 80-89 B 70-79 C <70 F (OR) B. Explain about Looping Statements with syntax and example. II U 10

19. A. (i)How to Create a Window Form with an Example. III R & U 5 (ii)Explain Combo box and List box Control with example III U 5 (OR) B. Write a Windows Application to create Menu Editor using III R & U 10 Menu Strip Control.

20. A (i)Explain about how to populate a Data into Dataset by using IV R & U 5 Fill () method of Data Adapter. (ii)What are the steps required to create a Stored procedure? IV U 5 (OR) B Explain about ADO.NET Architecture with a neat diagram IV U 10

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 146

21 A (i)Illustrate the concept of XML schema with an example. V U 5 (ii)Define SOAP. Explain the Structure of SOAP with an V U 5 example. (OR) B. Explain in detail about XML Components V R&U 10

Note:The question paper setters are requested to follow the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy levels as presented below:

Bloom’s Taxonomy Lower Order Thinking Skills (LOTs) Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs)

Level R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap- Apply An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create % to be included 90% 10%

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 147

THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM-636 005 (Autonomous Institution) Diploma in Computer Engineering .NET PROGRAMMING Model Question Paper-II Year/Sem: III / V Max. Marks : 75 Code no: 15O-7307 Time : 3 Hrs

PART-A (5 X 2 = 10 marks) Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy (ii) All questions carry equal marks Level

1. What do you meant by .NET framework? I U

2. What are the features of windows Form? I R

3. Write down the Program Structure of C#. II R

4. Define Structure. How will you Declare it? II R

5. What is Events? List out the Events available in Windows Form. III U

6. What is Multiple Document Interface? II U

7. Define Data Adapter. List out the Properties of DataAdaptor objects. VI R

8. What do you meant by Well-formed Document? V U

PART-B (5 X 3 = 15 marks) Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 16 Unit Bloom’s is compulsory Taxonomy (ii) All questions carry equal marks Level

9. What is Visual Studio.Net? Explain its advantages I U

10. Explain about metadata with its tools and advantages. I R

11. Tabulate any six Dissimilarities between Variable and Constant II U II R 12. What is Jagged Array? Explain with an example? III U 13. Differentiate Radio button and Checkbox with an example. IV U 14. How to create MDI Child Form? Explain. IV U 15. Write down the Working Process of Grid view.

16. Explain Browsing and Parsing XML. V U

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 148

PART-C (5 x 10 = 50marks)

Note: (i) Answer allthe questions choosing either sub-division (A) Maximum Bloom’s or sub-division (B) of eachquestion. Unit Taxonomy Level Marks (ii)All questions carry equal marks. 17 A (i)Explain about Features of Visual Studio.Net. I U 5

(ii)Summarize the concept of Exploring the Visual Studio I U 5 IDE. (OR)

B Explain in detail about Components of .Net Framework with I U 10 a neat diagram

18. A. (i)What is meant by Event and Event Procedure? Explain any II U 5 5 events with event procedure. (ii)Create an application in vb.net for the following II Ap 5

On Click Event of Button name “SUBMIT” the value of two textboxes should be added and the value can appear in the message box (OR)

B. Explain in detail about various data types with Example. II U 10

19. A. (i)How to create and Arrange MDI Child Windows Form? III R & U 5

(ii)Develop a VB.Net application using color dialog box and III U 5 retrieve the selected color to a string. (OR)

B. Explain about windows Form and it’s any five Toolbox III U 10 Controls.

20. A (i)Develop a database application to store the details of IV Ap 5 students using ADO.NET (ii)Write a code to insert a record using Dataset. IV Ap 5

(OR)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 149

B Elaborate the concept of ADO.NET Providers with neat IV U 10 diagram.

21 A (i)Define XSLT. How will you display XML in XSLT? V U 5

(ii)Explain about XML Serialization and Deserialization with V U 5 Example. (OR)

B. Define XML. Create an XML File for Book Inventory System. V U 10

Note:The question paper setters are requested to follow the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy levels as presented below:

Bloom’s Taxonomy Lower Order Thinking Skills (LOTs) Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs)

Level R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap- Apply An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create % to be included 90% 10%

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 150

THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM

Programme : COMPUTER ENGINEERING Semester : V Course Code : 15O - 7401A Course Name : SOFTWARE ENGINEERING

TOPICS AND ALLOCATION OF PERIODS Unit No. Topics No. of Periods I INTRODUCTION TO SOFTWARE ENGINEERING AND PLANNING 09 II SOFTWARE ANALYSIS 11 III SOFTWARE DESIGN, IMPLEMENTATION AND TESTING 10 IV SOFTWARE MAINTENANCE 08 V CODE ETHICS AND SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE 09 INDUSTRIAL VISITS 04 CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT TEST AND MODEL EXAMS 09 TOTAL 60

COURSE OUTCOMES 15O - 7401A SOFTWARE ENGINEERING On successful completion of this course, students should be able to C504A.1 : Choose life cycle models and write down software requirement specifications for the given problem C504A.2 : Describe different types of software metrics, project scheduling and software risks C504A.3 : Design software code and test the given software C504A..4 : Explain the different categories of software maintenance C504A.5 : Understand software quality assurance, reliability and the code of ethics for software professional

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 151

CO-PO&PSO’S MAPPING MATRIX

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PSO1 PSO2 C504A.1 1 3 2 2 - - - - 1 2 3 3 C504A.2 1 3 2 2 - - - - 1 2 3 3 C504A.3 1 3 2 2 - - - - 1 2 3 3 C504A.4 1 3 2 2 - - - - 1 2 3 3 C504A.5 1 3 2 2 - - - - 1 2 3 3 C504A Total 5 15 10 10 - - - - 5 10 15 15 Correlation 1 3 2 2 - - - - 1 2 3 3 Level

DETAILED SYLLABUS UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO SOFTWARE ENGINEERING AND PLANNING …..09PERIODS 1.1 Basics of Software Engineering: Need for software Engineering – Definition –Software 2Per Characteristics – Software Myths – Program versus Software Products (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/unZ4G_McZ44 for basics of Software Engineering) 1.2. Software Development Life Cycle Models: Introduction – Waterfall Model – Prototyping model – Spiral Model – Iterative Enhancement model – Agile model(Introduction only) – RAD 4Per model – object oriented Model –Advantages and Disadvantages of above models – Comparison of various models (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/9STHYg7igIQ for Software Development Life Cycle Models) 1.3 Software Requirement Analysis (SRS) : Value of good SRS – Requirement Process – Requirement Specification – Desirable characteristics of an SRS – Components of an SRS – 3Per Structures of a requirements documents – Problems in SRS – Requirements gathering tools – Analysis tools – Data flow diagram – data dictionary – ER diagram (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/caqXuQ5vw9o for SRS) UNIT – II SOFTWARE ANALYSIS ……. 11PERIODS 2.1 CASE : CASE and its scope – Architecture of CASE environment – Building blocks for CASE – CASE support in software Life cycle – Objectives of CASE – Characteristics of CASE tools – List 3Per of CASE tools – Categories, advantages and disadvantages of CASE tools. (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/pOzSlT2Chi0 for CASE) Software Planning: Software metrics - Definition – Types of metrics – product and project metrics – function point and feature point metrics – Software project estimation – steps for 2.2 4Per estimation – Reason for poor and inaccurate estimation – project estimation guidelines – Models for estimation – COCOMO Model – Automated tools for estimation. (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/27jFCX0k8bg for Software Planning)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 152

2.3 Project scheduling : Introduction – Factors affecting the task set for the project – scheduling 2Per methods – Work breakdown structure – Flow graph – Gant chart – PERT (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/K1npoRmZuYg for Project scheduling) 2.4 Risk management : Definition of risk – Basics for different types of software risks – Monitoring of risks – Risk management – Risk avoidance – Risk detection – Risk control – Risk 2Per recovery – Sources of risks – Types of risks

(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/Cp_XEhexcDw for Risk management ) UNIT – III SOFTWARE DESIGN, IMPLEMENTATION AND TESTING …. 10PERIODS

3.1 Software Design : Definition of software design – Objectives of software design – Process of software design – Architectural design – Modular design – Structure chart – Coupling and 2Per Cohesion – different types – Interface design – Design of human computer interface (Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Y7Wg4508tHo for Software Design) 3.2 CODING: Information Hiding – Programming style – Internal documentation – Monitoring 1 hr and Control for coding – Structured programming (Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dwWHeFSD9dQ for coding) Software Testing : Introduction to testing – Testing principles – Testing objectives – Test Oracles – Basic terms used in testing – Fault – Error – Failure - Test cases – Black box and 3.3 2Per white box testing – Advantages and disadvantages of above testing – Methods for Block box testing strategies – Methods for white box testing strategies – Testing activities – Test plan. (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/2yJA5IJcM-k for Software Testing) 3.4 Levels of testing: Unit testing – Integration tests – System testing – types. 1Per (Refer web link : http://www.powershow.com/view/a5ea1 for Levels of testing) Software Testing strategies: Static testing strategies – Formal technical reviews – Code 3.5 walkthrough – Code inspection – Debugging – Definition – Characteristics of bugs – Life cycle 2Per of a Debugging task – Debugging approaches. (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/6fEuSsfSJ5g for Software Testing strategies) Software Testing Tools: Need for tools – classification of tools – Functional/Regression 3.6 Testing tools – Performance/Load Testing Tools – Testing process management Tools – Benefits of tools – Risk Associated with tools – Selecting tools – Introducing the tool in the 2Per testing process – Different categories of tools – Examples for commercial software testing tool. (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/KHYJjYsfVpY for Software Testing Tools) UNIT – IV SOFTWARE MAINTENANCE ……. 8 PERIODS 4.1. Software Maintenance: Software as an evolution entity – Software configuration management activities – Change control process – Software version control – Software 4Per configuration management – Need for maintenance – Categories of maintenance – Maintenance cost – factors affecting the effort – Modeling maintenance effort (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/wRNcSW1_nhA for Software Maintenance)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 153

4.2 Reverse Software Engineering: Definition – Purpose - Reverse engineering process – Reverse engineering tasks – Characteristics and application areas of reverse engineering – Software 4Per re-engineering – Principle – Re-engineering process – Difference between forward engineering and re-engineering. (Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9dd3M2a4LKI for Reverse Software Engineering) UNIT – V CODE OF ETHICS AND SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE…….9PERIODS 5.1 Code of Ethics for Software Professionals: Human Ethics – Professional Ethics – Ethical issues in Software Engineering – Code of Ethics and professional Practice: Software 3Per Engineering code of ethics and professional Practice – Ethical issues: Right versus Wrong (Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=S2Y45P7a6KIfor Code of Ethics for Software Professionals) Software Quality Assurance : Verification and validation – SQA - SQA objectives and goals – SQA plan – Definition of software quality – Classification of software qualities – Software quality attributes – Important qualities of software products – Importance of software 5.2 4 Per quality – SEI – CMM – Five levels – ISO 9000 – Need for ISO Certification – Benefits of ISO 9000 certification – Limitation of ISO 9000 certification – Uses of ISO – Salient features of ISO 9000 Requirements – Introduction to ISO 9126 (Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IbXzqjpc-yg for Software Quality Assurance) 5.3 Software Reliability : Definition – Reliability terminologies – Classification of failures – 2Per Reliability metrics – Reliability growth modeling - Reliability measurement process (Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZGgGG62NcL0for Software Reliability) LIST OF PROPOSED STUDENT ACTIVITIES

I. INDUSTRIAL VISITS Imparting industrial visits to any one of the following industries to understand the real time applications

1. Luisant software solutions, Salem 2. EsoftcubeTechnology, Salem.

Industrial visit report has to be submitted by the students as assignment through Blackboard and as hard copy to the faculty concerned.

III. CASE STUDIES Case study on the following 1. Prepare charts for various models, SDLC life cycles, UML notations etc.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 154

2. Prepare SRS documents based on case study 3. Discuss various case studies available on internet

IV. OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE / LEARNING WEBSITE  www.nptel.iitm.ac.in  www.sei.emu.edu  http://forum.jntuworld.com/showt hread.pho?3841-SOFTWARE ENGINEERING-(SE)-Notes- All-8-Units

TEXT BOOKS

YEAR OF S. NO TITLE AUTHOR PUBLISHER PUBLISHING / EDITION Pearson Education, 1. Software Engineering Ian Sommerville Sixth Edition New Delhi McGraw-Hill Software Engineering – A 2. Roger S. Pressman International Edition, First Edition Practitioner’s Approach New Delhi ISTQB Certification Study Wiley DreamTech 3. Dr.K.V.K.K. Prasad First Edition Guide Press, New Delhi

REFERENCE BOOKS

YEAR OF S. NO TITLE AUTHOR PUBLISHER PUBLISHING / EDITION BHarat Bhusan Firewall Media, New Second Edition 1. Software Engineering Agarwal, Sumit Delhi 2008 Prakash Tayal Software Engineering Ali Behforooz and Oxford University press, 2. 2005 fundamentals Fredick J Hudson New Delhi

Software Testing Principles Srnivasan desikan, Pearson Education, New 3. First Edition and Practices Gopalswamy Ramesh Delhi

Wiley DreamTech Press, 4. Software Testing Tools Dr.K.V.K.K. Prasad First Edition New Delhi Suftware Testing Concepts Nageshwara Rao 5. DreamTeach, New Delhi First Edition and Tools Pusulri Fundamental of Software PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., 6. Rajib Mall 2011 Engineering New Delhi TMGH Education Pvt. Eight 7. Software Engineering Stephen Schach Lts., New Delhi Reprint,2011

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 155

THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM-636 005 (Autonomous Institution) DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING SOFTWARE ENGINERING Model Question Paper - I Year/Sem: III / V Max. Marks : 75 Code no: 15O – 7401A Time : 3 Hrs

PART-A (5 X 2 = 10marks) Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy (ii) All questions carry equal marks Level

1. Define the term “Software Product” and “Program”. I R

2. Give any two problems faced in SRS. II U

3. Expand CASE and its scope. II R

4. What are the factors affecting the task set for the project? III R

5. Differentiate coupling and cohesion. III U

6. State some of the debugging approaches in software testing. IV R

7. Write any two differences between forward and reengineering. V U

8. Give any four salient features of ISO 9000. V R,U

PART-B (5 X 3 = 15marks)

Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 16 iscompulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy (ii) All questions carry equal marks Level

9. Explain about the characteristics of Software. I U

10. Deliberate about Agile life cycle model? II U

11. Describe about Product metrics and Project metrics. III R

12. What is meant by risk avoidance? III R

13. Describe equivalence partitioning with example. IV U

14. What are the categories of maintenance? Describe any one. V R

15. List out the five levels of SEI-CMMI. V R

16. Comment on Terms i) Fault and ii) Failure. III U

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 156

PART-C (5 x 10 = 50marks) Note: (i)Answer allthe questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub-division (B) of eachquestion. Bloom’s Maximum Unit Taxonomy Marks (ii)All questions carryequalmarks. Level

17. A. (i) Explain in detail about software myths. I R 5

(ii) Compare the life cycle models based on their distinguishing I U 5 factors, strength and weakness.(Present in the form of table only). (OR) B. Draw the E-R diagram for hotel reception desk management and What are the uses of analysis tool? Briefly explain about analysis I R,U 10 tools.

18. A. (i) Explain about the architecture of CASE Environment II R 5 (ii) Give reasons for poor and inaccurate estimation. II U 5 (OR) B. Illustrate about Flow graph and PERT and explain different types of II U 10 risks.

19. A. (i) Define cohesion and explain its different types. III R 5 (ii) Explain any one methods used for black box testing strategies. III U 5

(OR) B. What are the characteristics of bug? And explain in detail about III U 10 lifecycle of debugging task and approaches.

20. A. (i) Explain about software version control. IV R 5 (ii) Summarize about software configuration management activities. IV U 5

(OR) B. With a neat diagram explain Re-engineering process and applications IV R 10 areas of reverse engineering.

21. A. (i) Outline the limitations and uses of ISO 9000 certification? V U 5 (ii)Discuss in detail about the important qualities of software V R 5 products.

(OR)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 157

B. Explain in detail about Code of Ethics for software professionals. V U 10

Note:The question paper setters are requested to follow the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy levels as presented below:

Bloom’s Taxonomy Lower Order Thinking Skills (LOTs) Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs)

Level R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap- Apply An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create % to be included 90% 10%

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 158

THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM-636 005 (Autonomous Institution) DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING SOFTWARE ENGINEERING Model Question Paper – II Year/Sem: III / V Max. Marks : 75 Code no: 15O – 7401A Time : 3 Hrs

PART-A (5 X 2 = 10marks) Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy (ii) All questions carry equal marks Level

1. Define the term “Software Engineering” and “Software Myths” I R

2. Draw diagram of waterfall Lifecycle model. II U

3. State any two advantages of function point. II R

4. What is fault and error? III U

5. State software reliability and its terminologies. V R

6. List down any two applications of reverse engineering. IV R

7. Write down any two points on ethical issues. V U

8. Define the term verification and validation. III An

PART-B (5 X 3 = 15marks) Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 16 iscompulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy (ii) All questions carry equal marks Level

9. Write short notes on need for software engineering. I R

10. With neat diagram explain Prototyping model. II R

11. Write short notes on PERT. III U

12. What are the different types of software design? Explain any one. III R

13. Define Debugging. What are the characteristics of bugs? IV U

14. What is the principle for re-engineering process? IV U

15. What are the plans followed in SQA? V R

16. List out the different project scheduling methods. Explain any one. III An

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 159

PART-C (5 x 10 = 50marks)

Note: (i)Answer allthe questions choosing either sub-division (A) or Bloom’s Maximum sub-division (B) of eachquestion. Unit Taxonomy Marks (ii)All questions carryequalmarks. Level 17 A (i) Write down any five characteristics of software engineering and I R 5 explain.

(ii) List several software process paradigms. Explain how both I U 5 waterfall and prototyping model can be accommodated in the spiral process model. (OR) B List the contents of a good SRS and prepare an SRS document for I U 10 banking system to perform transactions like deposit and withdrawal(only describe the contents)

18. A. (i) Explain about Building blocks for CASE. II R 5

(ii) Explain COCOMO Model. II R,U 5 (OR) B. Describe about Work breakdown structure and briefly explain Risk II U 10 Management and Risk detection.

19. A. (i) Explain in detail about Goals and objectives of software design. III U 5

(ii) Compare black box and white box software testing. III R,U 5

(OR) B. What are the classifications of failures? Explain each. III U 10

20. A. (i) Explain about software version control. IV U 5

(ii) Discuss about software configuration management activities. IV R,U 5

(OR) B. With a neat diagram, explain reverse engineering task and IV R,U 10 characteristics of reverse engineering.

21. A. (i) Give any five limitations of ISO 9000 certification. V U 5

(ii) Comment on “Software Engineering ethics and professional V R 5 practices”

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 160

(OR) B. Explain five levels of SEI-CMMI Model. V R 10

Note:The question paper setters are requested to follow the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy levels as presented below:

Bloom’s Taxonomy Lower Order Thinking Skills (LOTs) Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs)

Level R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap- Apply An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create % to be included 90% 10%

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 161

THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM

Programme : COMPUTER ENGINEERING Semester : V Course Code : 15O – 7401B Course Name : OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE

TOPICS AND ALLOCATION OF PERIODS Unit No. Topics No. of Periods I OVERVIEW OF OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE 09 II INTRODUCTION TO LAMP & PHP 10 III ADVANCED PHP& MYSQL 10 IV PYTHON 09 V OPEN SOURCE TOOLS AND TECHNOLOGIES 09 INDUSTRIAL VISITS 04 CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT TEST AND MODEL EXAMS 09 TOTAL 60

COURSE OUTCOMES

15O – 7401B OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE

On successful completion of this course, students should be able to

C504B.1 : Describe about the concept of Open Source Operating Systems

C504B.2 : Summarize PHP, Lamp server. C504B.3 : Create dynamic Web sites using PHP and MySQL. C504B.4 : Understand the Python program development environment. C504B.5 : Understand open source tools and processors

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 162

CO-PO&PSO’S MAPPING MATRIX CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PSO1 PSO2

C504B.1 - 3 3 3 - - - - 1 3 - 3 C504B.2 - 3 3 3 - - - - 1 3 - 3

C504B.3 - 3 3 3 - - - - 1 3 - 3 C504B.4 - 3 3 3 - - - - 1 3 - 3

C504B.5 - 3 3 3 - - - - 1 3 - 3

C504B Total - 15 15 15 - - - - 5 15 - 15 Correlation 3 Level - 3 3 3 - - - - 1 3 -

DETAILED SYLLABUS UNIT IOVERVIEW OF OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE ….. 09PERIODS 1.1 Introduction : Need of Open Sources – Advantages of Open Sources – Applications – FOSS – FOSS usage – Free Software Movement, Advantages of Free Software – Commercial aspects 4Per of Open Source movement – Certification courses issues – global and Indian. Application of Open Source (Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1yJgDTcuaOo for overview of open source software) 1.2. Open Source Operating Systems: LINUX: Features of Linux – Linux architecture – Linux advanced concepts – General Overview – Kernel mode and User mode process.Android: 2Per Features – Android Architecture – Libraries – Runtime – (Concepts only) – Application – Android Market (Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Ni3rkBYHulU for Open Source Operating Systems) 1.3 Advanced Concepts: Popular Flavors of Linux-FSFLinux Desktop: GNOME-KDE. –Modular structure of the Linux system – Single-user vs. Multi-user – Command Line Interface vs. 3Per Graphical User Interface – Graphical and text-based log-in – Virtual Terminals. Open SPARC Project – Open source compilers – Model driven architecture – Eclipse IDE Platform (Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ZEAlhVOZ8qQforOpen Source, GNOME-KDE, Develop open source software, Compilers. UNIT II INTRODUCTION TO LAMP & PHP ……. 10 PERIODS 2.1. LAMP Server: Introduction – RPM version – security issues – Testing LAMP Server – Build 3Per and install apache – edit apache configuration files – start and working with apache server. (Refer web link : https://www.lynda.com/Apache-tutorials/...PHP.../362875-2.html for LAMP Server) 2.2. PHP : Introduction – installing & configuring PHP – Lexical structure – Basic syntax of PHP – programming in webenvironment - Common PHP Script Elements – Using Variables – 4Per Constants – Data types – Operators – Statements – Using Functions (Refer web link : https://www.udemy.com/virtual-machine-full-localhost-lamp-stack-setup-tutorialfor PHP)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 163

2.3. Strings: String constant-printing strings-accessing individual’s characters-comparing strings- 3Per concatenating strings-manipulating & searching strings-regular expressions. (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/OQK01Gl3aXU for strings) UNIT III ADVANCED PHP& MYSQL ……10 PERIODS

3.1. Array: Associative array – identifying elements of an array – storing data in arrays – multidimensional arrays – extracting multiple values – arrays and variable conversion – 4Per traversing- sorting. (Refer web link : https://www.udemy.com/learning-dynamic-website-design/ for array) 3.2. Advanced PHP : Introduction toadvanced PHP concept – Working With Forms –Processing 3Per Forms –Form Validation –Files: File and Directory Handling – Including Files – File Access (Refer web link : https://www.udemy.com/complete-php-mysql-course-for-beginners-start-to-finish/ for File handling in PHP) 3.3. PHP and SQL database: PHP and LDAP – PHP Connectivity – Sending andreceiving emails – 3Per Retrieving data from MySQL – Manipulating data inMySQL using PHP (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/ueWpNe0PG34 for PHP and SQL database) UNIT IV PYTHON ……. 09PERIODS 4.1. Python: Overview – installing – running in windows/Linux - Variables and Strings – Data 3Per types - Operators –Decision Control – Conditional Statements –Loops – Example Programs (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/N4mEzFDjqtAfor Python) 4.2. Sequences: Lists: Introduction –Fixed size lists and arrays – Lists and Loops – Assignment and references –Identity and equality – Sorted lists – Tuples: Tuples and string formatting – 3Per String functions. Sets: Unordered Collections – Simple programs Dictionaries, SetsUsing modules (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/XWQ0cyCrY7w for sequences) 4.3. Dictionaries : Introduction – Combining two dictionaries with UPDATE Making copies – Persistent variables – Internal Dictionaries Functions and Files : Functions – File Handling – 3Per Exception – Handling exception (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/58ov_GwiFzc for dictionaries) UNIT – V OPEN SOURCE TOOLS AND TECHNOLOGIES………. 09PERIODS 5.1. Web Server : Apache Web server – Working with web server – Configuring and using apache 2Per web server (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/BcmUOmvl1N8 for web Server) 5.2 Open Source Software tools and Processors : Introduction – Eclipse IDE Platform – Compilers – Model driven architecture tools – Top level tools – Privacy tools– Selenium ID – 4Per Features and uses (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/KHYJjYsfVpY for Open Source Software tools and Processors)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 164

5.3 CASE STUDY: Government Policy toward Open Source ( E- Governance) – Wikipedia as an open Source Project – Open source library – Version control system – Source forge 3Per

(Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sfVy0Sbf-CE for E- Governance)

LIST OF PROPOSED STUDENT ACTIVITIES

I. INDUSTRIAL VISITS Imparting industrial visits to any one of the following industries to understand the real time applications

1. Luisant software solutions, Salem 2. VEE Technologies Pvt., Ltd., Salem.

Industrial visit report has to be submitted by the students as assignment through Blackboard and as hard copy to the faculty concerned.

III. CASE STUDIES Case study on the following 1. Visit any web development company using open source softwares 2. Develop the dynamic website using PHP and MySQL 3. Find out the list of open source software and its licenses

IV. OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE / LEARNING WEBSITE  www.nptel.iitm.ac.in  http://developer.android.com  Learning to Program - A free Python web-book by Alan Gauld  http://www.freenetpages.co.uk/hp/alan.gauld/  http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/Python_Programming

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 165

REFERENCEBOOKS YEAR OF S. NO TITLE AUTHOR PUBLISHER PUBLISHING / EDITION The Complete Reference Tata McGraw Hill, New Sixth Edition 1. Richard Peterson Linux Delhi 2006 Third Edition, 2. Web Programming Chris Bates Wiley India, New Delhi Reprint 2011 John Wiley sons, First Edition 3. MySQL Bible: Steve Suchring Mumbai 2002 O’Reilly RasmusLerdorf and First Edition 4. Programming PHP Publications2002, Levin Tatroe 2002 Mumbai

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 166

THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM-636 005 (Autonomous Institution) DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE Model Question Paper – I Year/Sem: III / V Max. Marks : 75 Code no: 15O – 7401B Time : 3 Hrs

PART-A (5 X 2 = 10marks) Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy (ii) All questions carry equal marks Level

1. Define the term “FOSS” and “ GUI” I R

2. Write any four Linux network command. II U

3. Give the general structure of declare statement in PHP. II U

4. Define PHP and metadata. III R

5. What are the datatypes available in MySQL? III R

6. Write general syntax for python with simple example. IV R

7. State any four open source software tools. V R

8. Expand LDAP and LAMP. V R,U

PART-B (5 X 3 = 15marks) Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 16 iscompulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy (ii) All questions carry equal marks Level

9. What are applications of open source software? And state any three I U advantages of free software.

10. Write the common PHP script elements. II U

11. How you can access individual characters in string? Explain. III R

12. In your own create a simple form in PHP. III U

13. Write the procedure for installing windows. IV U

14. Define the term tuples and string formatting. V R

15. What is meant by open source library? And list what are top level tools in V R Open Source Software.

16. Write any six applications in open source operating systems. III R

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 167

PART-C (5 x 10 = 50marks)

Note: (i)Answer allthe questions choosing either sub-division (A) or sub-division (B) of eachquestion. Bloom’s Maximum Unit Taxonomy Marks (ii)All questions carryequalmarks. Level

5 17. A. (i) What are the needs and advantages of open source? I U 5 (ii) Explain any five useful Linux network command. I R

(OR) B. Explain in detail about Linux network GUI configuration tools. I U 10

5 18. A. (i) How will you edit apache configuration files? II R 5 (ii) Summarize the concept of string constant with an example. II R

(OR) B. Explain the procedure for installing and configuring PHP in your II R,U 10 system.

5 19. A. (i) Calculate sum of an array using PHP. III U 5 (ii) In detail discuss about form validation. III U

(OR) B. In detail explain how to retrieve and manipulate data in MySQL using III R 10 PHP.

5 20. A. (i) Explain about sequence of lists in Python. IV U 5 (ii) Discuss about dictionaries in Python. IV R

(OR) B. Using conditional statements write your own program in Python. IV U 10

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 168

5 21. A. (i) Explain about the Government Policy towards open sources. V R 5 (ii) How will you configure apache web server and state its uses? V U

(OR)

B. Explain about the history and architecture of Eclipse IDE platform. V U 10

Note:The question paper setters are requested to follow the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy levels as presented below:

Bloom’s Taxonomy Lower Order Thinking Skills (LOTs) Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs)

Level R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap- Apply An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create % to be included 90% 10%

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 169

THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM-636 005 (Autonomous Institution) DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE Model Question Paper – II Year/Sem: III / V Max. Marks : 75 Code no: 15O – 7401B Time : 3 Hrs

PART-A (5 X 2 = 10marks) Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy (ii) All questions carry equal marks Level

1. Give any four examples for open source operating system. I R

2. List any two kernel mode process. II U

3. What is configuration file and RPM version? II R

4. Write a command for sending e-mail using PHP and SQL database. III U

5. List out the data types available in MySQL?? V R

6. Define persistent variable with an example. IV R

7. What are the uses of webservers? Write any one latest technology used for V U web server.

8. What do you mean by Eclipse and source forges? III U

PART-B (5 X 3 = 15marks) Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 16 iscompulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy (ii) All questions carry equal marks Level

9. Write any six advantages and applications of open source software. I R

10. Compare single-user vs multi-user. II R

11. What are the security issues in LAMP server? III U

12. Explain about regular expressions. III R

13. How will you identify elements of an array? IV U

14. Explain about “Functions” with an example IV U

15. Explain top level tools and privacy tools? V R

16. State the uses of apache web server and explain briefly. III R,U

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 170

PART-C (5 x 10 = 50marks)

Note: (i)Answer allthe questions choosing either sub-division (A) or Bloom’s Maximum sub-division (B) of eachquestion. Unit Taxonomy Marks Level (ii)All questions carryequalmarks. 17 A (i) State any five Linux network command with their uses. I R 5

(ii) Explain about kernel mode and user mode process. I U 5

(OR) B What are the needs of open source software in the current scenario? I U 10 Explain them.

18. A. (i) Generate a PHP script that will display the multiplier of the II U 5 numbers 1 to 5, up to 5 rows.

(ii) How will you edit apache configuration files? II R 5

(OR) B. Explain the procedure for installing and configuring PHP in your II U 10 system.

19. A. (i) Explain the procedure for downloading MySQL database III U 5

(ii) Write down the facts about MySQL database. III R 5

(OR) B. With an example explain in detail about form validation and III U 10 processing forms.

20. A. (i)How will you combine two dictionaries with UPDATE making IV U 5 copies?

(ii) Explain about equality sequences. IV U 5

(OR) B. Explain about conditional statements and operators with an example IV U 10 program using Python

21. A. (i) What is webserver? Write a short note on apache web server. V U 5

(ii) Explain about the architecture of Eclipse IDE platform. V R 5

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 171

(OR) B. What are model driven architecture tools? Explain briefly V R 10

Note:The question paper setters are requested to follow the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy levels as presented below:

Bloom’s Taxonomy Lower Order Thinking Skills (LOTs) Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs)

Level R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap- Apply An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create % to be included 90% 10%

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 172

THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM

Programme : COMPUTER ENGINEERING Semester : V Course Code : 15O - 7308 Course Name : WEB PROGRAMMING PRACTICAL

TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION No. of weeks per semester: 15 weeks Examination Instructions Max. Marks Course Periods/ Periods / Continuous Semester-End Duration Total week Semester Assessment Examinations Web Programming 4 60 25 75 100 3 Hours Practical

COURSE OUTCOMES

15O – 7308 WEB PROGRAMMING PRACTICAL On successful completion of this course, students should be able to C505.1 : Develop, apply and create simple program using HTML5, bootstrap, jQuery and javascript. C505.2 : Create simple applications using JSP and Ajax.

CO-PO&PSO’S MAPPING MATRIX

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PSO1 PSO2 C505.1 - 3 3 3 - - 1 3 2 3 - 2 C505.2 - 3 3 3 - - 1 3 2 3 - 2 C505 Total - 6 6 6 - - 2 6 4 6 - 4 Correlation - 3 3 3 - - 1 3 2 3 - 2 Level

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 173

LAB EXERCISES PART – A 1. Use a Bootstrap class to style the button properly with a red color. 2. Use Bootstrap to Make the dropdown menu expand upwards instead of downwards when clicking on it. 3. Develop a web page using Bootstrap CSS to create a time table for the class using different border style 4. Develop a web page to design an advertisement using Bootstrap CSS to set the background colors, fonts and columns 5. a)Write a Java script code that converts the entered text to uppercase b) Write a Java script code to validate the username and password. The username and password are stored in variables 6. Write a Java Script code using frames and Events ( When a cursor moves over an object it should display the specification of the object in another frame ) 7. Write Jquery Code to change the hyperlink and the text of a existing link 8. Write Jquery Program for Count the number of milliseconds between the two click events on a paragraph 9. Write Jquery Program for Fade in and fade out all division elements 10. Write Jquery Program for Disable/enable the form submit button and Blink the text.

PART – B 11. Collect the definitions of 5 items in Open Source. These definitions are stored in two string arrays name[] and defn[]. Write a JSP which has these two arrays and supplies the definition on request.Write a HTML document which gets the user input of the name of the item and sends the request to the JSP. 12. Write a JSP code to manipulate cookies 13. Write a JSP code to upload data from client side. 14. Write a program to check how many users have visited a website. Use Application object. 15. Write a Code in Java Script to count number of times you move over a link or record. 16. Write a program to check whether a person will be permitted to open a particular page or not. Use permission checker component. 17. Develop a simple Hello World application using AJAX 18. Develop an AJAX application to get the server date time from a JSP page using AJAX.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 174

SCHEME OF VALUATION

ALLOCATION OF MARKS

Writing any one program from PART – A 10 Marks Writing any one program from PART - B 15 Marks Executing program (PART – A) 15 Marks Executing program (PART – B) 20 Marks

Result with printout ( PART – A) 5 Marks

Result with printout ( PART – B) 5 Marks

VIVA – VOCE 5 Marks

TOTAL 75 Marks

LIST OF HARDWARE COMPONENTS S. No. LIST OF EQUIPMENT Total Nos 1 Desktop Computers 36 Nos. 2 Laser Printer 4 Nos.

LIST OF SOFTWARE COMPONENTS S. No. LIST OF SOFTWARE SUGGESTED 1 Bootstarp v3.3.6 2 Note Pad or Any Text Editor 3 HTML Supporting Browser (Any One )  Internet Explorer 10  Opera 11.60  Chrome 19 4 Tomcat Server

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 175

THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM

Programme : COMPUTER ENGINEERING Semester : V Course Code : 15O - 7309 Course Name : COMPUTER HARDWARE AND SERVICING PRACTICAL

TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION No. of weeks per semester: 15 weeks Examination Instructions Max. Marks Course Semester- Periods / Periods / Continuous Duration End Total week Semester Assessment Examinations Computer Hardware And 4 60 25 75 100 3 Hours Servicing Practical

RATIONALE The course aims at making the students familiar with various parts of computers and laptops and how to assemble them and the different types of peripherals desired. In addition, the course will provide the students with necessary knowledge and skills in computer and laptop software installation and maintenance and to make him diagnose the software faults. This subject also gives the knowledge and competency to diagnose the problems in computer hardware and peripherals and also gives the knowledge for trouble shooting for systematic repair and maintenance of computers and laptops.

COURSE OUTCOMES

15O – 7309 COMPUTER HARDWARE AND SERVICING PRACTICAL On successful completion of this course, students should be able to C506.1 : Diagnose and troubleshoot desktop systems peripherals and portable devices. C506.2 : Installand configure add – on cards and wireless devices.

CO-PO&PSO’S MAPPING MATRIX CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PSO1 PSO2 C506.1 - 3 3 3 - - - 3 3 3 3 - C506.2 - 3 3 3 - - - 3 3 3 3 - C506 Total - 6 6 6 - - - 6 6 6 6 - Correlation - 3 3 3 - - - 3 3 3 3 - Level

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 176

LAB EXERCISES 1 Identification of System Layout. a) Front panel indicators & switches and Front side & rear side connectors. b) Familiarize the computer system Layout: Marking positions of SMPS, Motherboard, FDD, HDD, CD, DVD and add on cards. c) Configure bios setup program and troubleshoot the typical problems using BIOS utility.

2 HARD DISK a) Install Hard Disk. b) Configure CMOS-Setup. c) Partition and Format Hard Disk. d) Identify Master /Slave / IDE Devices. e) Practice with scan disk, disk cleanup, disk De-fragmenter, Virus Detecting and Rectifying Software. 3 a) Install and Configure a DVD Writer and a Blu-ray Disc writer. b) Recording a Blank DVD and Blu-ray Disc. 4 Printer Installation and Servicing: a) Install and configure different types of Laser printer b) Drum Cleaning and toner filling in Laser printer c) Troubleshoot the above printers. 5 Install and configure Scanner, Web cam and bio-metric device with system. Troubleshoot the problems 6 NIC and Router Installation a.) NIC, Router Installation b.) Configuring using device drivers c.) Diagnosis and trouble shooting. 7 Install audio/video devices – microphone, speaker and head set and Digital camera and troubleshoot the audio-video devices. 8 Practice with back up and restoring data in a network server using external storage Device 9 Assemble a system with add on cards and check the working condition of the system & install OS. 10 Installation of DUAL OS 11 Installation of wireless devices a. Keyboard b.Mouse c. Data Card 12 a) Assembling and Disassembling of Mobile Phones. b) Fault finding and troubleshooting of Ear piece, Microphone, Keypad and Display Sections of Mobile Phones 13 Flashing, Unlocking and Formatting memory cards in Mobile phones 14 Interfacing the cell phone with system. 15 Assembling and Disassembling of Laptop to identify the parts and to install OS and configure it.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 177

SCHEME OF VALUATION

ALLOCATION OF MARKS Aim, Procedure and Source Code 30 Execution 30 Result / Output 10 Viva-voce 05 TOTAL 75

S. No. LIST OF EQUIPMENT Total Nos 1 Computer with Pentium 36 Nos. 2 Hard disk drive 4 Nos. 3 CD Drive / DVD Writer 6 Nos. 4 Blank DVD 10 Nos. 5 Blank Blu-ray disk 10 Nos. 6 Laser Printer 3 Nos. 7 Scanner 3 Nos. 8 Digital Camera & Web Camera 1 Nos. 9 Bio-metric device 2 Nos. 10 Wireless Keyboard & Mouse 2 Nos. 11 Blue tooth device and cell phone 2 Nos. 12 Laptop 18 Nos.

S. No. LIST OF SOFTWARE SUGGESTED 1 Windows XP operating system 2 Linux operating system 3 Disk Manager (for the purpose of partition and format) 4 Norton or E-Trust Antivirus software 5 Scandisk 6 DVD Writer S/W, Blu-ray Burning S/W

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 178

THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM

Programme : COMPUTER ENGINEERING Semester : V Course Code : 15O - 7310 Course Name : .NET PROGRAMMING PRACTICAL TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION No. of weeks per semester: 15 weeks Examination Instructions Max. Marks Course Semester- Periods / Periods / Continuous Duration End Total week Semester Assessment Examinations .NET Programming 4 60 25 75 100 3 Hours Practical

COURSE OUTCOMES

15O – 7310 .NET PROGRAMMING PRACTICAL On successful completion of this course, students should be able to C507.1 : Develop and execute windows program using VB.NET and C# C507.2 : Develop simple web application using XML database

CO-PO&PSO’S MAPPING MATRIX

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PSO1 PSO2 C507.1 - 3 2 2 - - - 2 3 3 - 3 C507.2 - 3 2 2 - - - 2 3 3 - 3 C505 Total - 6 4 4 - - - 4 6 6 - 6 Correlation - 3 2 2 - - - 2 3 3 - 3 Level

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 179

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS PART-A 1. Accept a character from console and check the case of the character. 2. Write a C# Program to accept any character from keyboard and display whether it is vowel or not. 3. Write a C# program to accept a string and convert the case of the characters. 4. Develop a menu based application to implement a text editor with cut, copy, paste, save and close operations 5. Write a program to implement a calculator with memory and recall operations. 6. Develop a form in to pick a date from Calendar control and display the day, month, year details in separate text boxes 7. Develop an application to perform timer based quiz of 10 questions. 8. Develop an Windows Application to Displays the ATM Transaction such as Balance checking, Cash withdrawal, Cash deposition. 9. Develop a application using the File and Directory controls to implement a common dialog box. 10. Develop a database application to store the details of students using ADO.NET PART-B 11. Develop a database application using ADO.NET to insert, modify, update and delete operations. 12. Create a application for Accessing a SQL Database by Using ADO.NET by connecting to the SQL Server database and call a stored procedure. You then display the data in a Repeater control. 13. Develop a application using Datagrid to display records. 14. Develop a application using Datagrid to add, edit and modify records. 15. Develop a Window application to read an XML document containing subject, mark scored, year of passing into a Dataset 16. Develop a Window application to read an XML document containing employee name,code,Basic pay, HRA, DA into a Dataset 17. Develop a application to read the details of the selected country stored in XML database and display back to the user SCHEME OF VALUATION ALLOCATION OF MARKS Writing answer For any one Program From PART-A 10 Marks

Writing answer For any one Program From PART-B 20 Marks

Executing Program(PART-A) 10 Marks

Executing Program(PART-B) 20 Marks

Result With Printout(PART-A) 5 Marks Result With Printout(PART-B) 5 Marks VIVA-VOCE 5 Marks TOTAL 75 Marks

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 180

S. No. LIST OF EQUIPMENT Total Nos 1 Computer with Pentium 36 Nos. 2 Laser Printer 3 Nos.

S. No. LIST OF SOFTWARE SUGGESTED 1 .Net Frame Work 3.3 and Above 2 Visual Studio IDE 2005 &SQL Server 2005 and Above

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 181

THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM

Programme : COMPUTER ENGINEERING Semester : V Course Code : 15O - 7311 Course Name : PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND MINI PROJECT

TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION No. of weeks per semester: 15 weeks Examination Instructions Max. Marks Course Semester- Periods / Periods / Continuous Duration End Total week Semester Assessment Examinations Professional Practice and 4 60 25 75 100 3 Hours Mini Project

COURSE OUTCOMES 15O – 7311 PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE AND MINI PROJECT On successful completion of this course, students should be able to C508.1 : Acquire relevant information from various industries and develop reports. C508.2 : Prepare reports for lectures delivered by professional experts

C508.3 : Summarize relevant information from various sources

C508.4 : Acquire knowledge to interact with others C508.5 : Develop a mini project and prepare a detailed report

CO-PO&PSO’S MAPPING MATRIX CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PSO1 PSO2 C508.1 - 3 - - 3 3 3 3 3 3 - - C508.2 - 3 - - 3 3 3 3 3 3 - - C508.3 3 3 - - - - - 3 3 3 3 3 C508.4 3 2 - - 2 2 3 3 3 3 - - C508.5 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 C508Total 9 14 3 3 11 11 12 15 15 15 6 6 Correlation 3 2.8 3 3 2.7 2.7 3 3 3 3 3 3 Level

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 182

TOPICS AND ALLOCATION OF PERIODS

Unit No. Topics No. of Periods I Industrial Visits 8 II Lectures by Professional/ Industrial Expert 6 III Information Search/ Market Survey 6 IV Seminars/ Group Discussion by the students 10 V Mini Project 24 CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT TEST AND MODEL EXAMS 6 TOTAL 60

DETAILED SYLLABUS UNIT - I INDUSTRIAL VISITS ……….. 8 PERIODS Structured industrial visits (minimum two) be arranged and report of the same should be submitted by the individual student, as part of the team work. Industrial visit may be arranged in any of the following areas:  Telephone Exchange  District Level National Information Centre  Data centre  Website development centre  Astronomy Radio Telescopy centre  TIDEL Park 8Per  Advertisement companies  Visit any IT industry / computer network industry. Study their network (Cable layout, devices used/software/costing)  Visit any software industry and Collect organization chart and roles and responsibilities of each post  Visit any multimedia industry and Collect Number of resources available in industry  Visit any Industry related to computer engineering field UNIT - II LECTURES BY PROFESSIONAL/ INDUSTRIAL EXPERT ……….. 6 PERIODS Lectures can be organized on any three topics of the following suggested areas:  Pollution control  Fire Fighting / Safety Precautions and First aids  Topics related to Social Awareness such as – Traffic Control System, 6Per Interview Techniques  Career opportunities, Preparation of Bio-data, Communication in Industry etc  How to improve positive thinking

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 183

 Certification course guidance Carrier guidance  IPV6  Artificial Intelligence  Data Mining  Neural network  Robotics  Ethical Hacking  E – commerce  Advanced Computing  4G UNIT - III INFORMATION SEARCH/ MARKET SURVEY ……….. 6 PERIODS 3.1 Information Search: Information search can be done through manufacturers, catalogues, internet, magazines, books etc. and submit a report. Following topics are suggested:  Advanced Techniques in RDBMS  Manufacturers and cost of Computer, Printers  Market survey of different processors  Blue tooth Technology 3Per  Artificial Technology  Data ware-housing  Cryptography  Bio-informatics  Software security  Video conferencing 3.2 Market Survey: A group of four students is expected to collect information from Computer repairing centre (at which level repairing is done, cost) or Collect 3Per information regarding latest requirement for a job from any industry. UNIT - IV SEMINARS/ GROUP DISCUSSION BY THE STUDENTS ……….. 10 PERIODS 4.1 Seminar: Students (group of four to six students) have to search/ collect information about the topic through literature survey, visits and discussions with experts/ concerned persons. Students have to submit a report of about 10 pages and deliver a seminar for 10 minutes. Some of the suggested seminar topics are:  Sports in India  Culture and heritage of our nation  Discipline and health  Problems of drinking water in rural area 5Per  Computer Virus  Importance of object oriented Concept in software development  Parallel Computing  Distributed Processing  Wireless communication  Virtual reality  Embedded system

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 184

 Computer security  Multimedia Techniques  Bio - Technology  Troubleshooting in Computer system 4.2 Group Discussion: The students should discuss in group of four to six students and write a brief report on the same as a part of team work. The topic of group discussions may be selected by the faculty members. Some of the suggested topics are:  Global warming  Trends in Information Technology  Disaster management  Safety in day to day life  Energy Saving in Institute 5Per  Discipline and House keeping  Use of mobile in college campus  Internet surfing is good or bad  Issues and benefits in E –commerce  Software Piracy  Computer gaming  Current topic related to computer engineering field UNIT - V MINI PROJECTS ……….. 24 PERIODS A groupof four to six students to be formed assemble the project model and also submit a report comprising not less than 10 pages.  Search Engine  Web-site development  Billing Software  Game Development  Creation of a sniffer and port scanner  Business Directory 24Per  Image gallery and Converter  Study of Internet Marketing  Passed out students management details  Application projects in VB like notepad, editors  Animation projects using VB, flash, 3D max etc  Multimedia related Projects like CBT, Cartoon etc  Mobile Application Development

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 185

EVALUATION ………..100 Marks 1. Internal marks 50 marks

Report writing and presentation in 10 i) Industrial visits ii) Guest lectures 5 iii) Information search/market survey 10

iv) Seminar/group discussions 10

v) Mini project 10 vi) Attendance 5 2. Autonomous exam 50 marks

i) Two mark questions covering all the topics 10×2=20 ii) Viva voce 30

Note:The Continuous Assessment is to be evaluated for 50 Marks and converted to 25 Marks and the Semester End Examination is to be evaluated for 50 Marks and converted to 75 Marks for final award on par with other courses.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 186

SEMESTER – VI

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 187

THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM

Programme : COMPUTER ENGINEERING Semester : VI Course Code : 15O - 7312 Course Name : NETWORKS SECURITY AND ADMINISTRATION

TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION No. of weeks per semester: 15 weeks Examination Instructions Max. Marks Course Semester- Periods / Periods/ Continuous Duration End Total week Semester Assessment Examinations Networks Security And 5 75 25 75 100 3Hours Administration

TOPICS AND ALLOCATION OF PERIODS Unit No. Topics No. of Periods I OVERVIEW OF SECURITY 13 II NETWORK SECURITY 13 III APPLICATIONS OF NETWORK SECURITY 14 IV WINDOWS ADMINISTRATION 12 V LINUX ADMINISTRATION 10 INDUSTRIAL VISITS 04 CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT TEST & MODEL EXAMS 09 TOTAL 75

COURSE OUTCOMES

15O – 7312 NETWORKS SECURITY AND ADMINISTRATION On successful completion of this course, students should be able to C601.1 : Explain the concept of security issues and risk management. C601.2 : Illustrate the fundamental of cryptographic and authentication techniques. C6013 : Analyze security systems, Virtual private network and firewalls. C601.4 : Explain windows server administration. C601.5 : Summarize the concept of Linux administration.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 188

CO-PO&PSO’S MAPPING MATRIX

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PSO1 PSO2 C601.1 - 3 - 2 - - - 2 2 2 3 - C601.2 2 3 2 2 - - - 2 2 2 3 - C6013 1 3 2 2 - - - 2 2 2 3 - C601.4 - 3 3 3 - - - 2 2 2 3 - C601.5 - 3 3 3 - - - 2 2 2 3 - C601 Total 3 15 10 12 - - - 10 10 10 15 - Correlation 1.5 3 2.5 2.4 - - - 2 2 2 3 - Level

[[DETAILED SYLLABUS UNIT I OVERVIEW OF SECURITY ………… 13PERIODS 1.1. Introduction to network security: Definition – Security Basics – Confidentiality, Integrity, Availability – Security Services – Security Mechanisms – Agency - Need for security: Business needs - Principles of security – threats: definition - categories of 4Per threats – Viruses and Worms – Intruders – Criminal organizations, Terrorists, Information warfare (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/Vd3tPqztUFY for network security) 1.2. Attacks: Definition- Types of Attacks – Criminal attacks – Legal Attacks - Passive and Active attacks – Denial of service (DOS) – Backdoors and Trapdoors, Sniffing, Spoofing, 4Per Man in the Middle, TCP/IP Hacking, Phishing attacks, Distributed DOS, SQL Injection. Malware : Viruses, Logic bombs (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/0_dC7rPx2v8 for attacks) 1.3. Secure software development: Software assurance – Software design principles – 2Per software development security problems (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/pnS1z-KyxfM for Secure software development) 1.4. Risk Management: Overview - Risk Identification - Asset identification – vulnerability – Risk Assessment – likelihood – risk determination – possible controls – Risk Control 3Per Strategies (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/BHh3z7B_wvI for Risk Management)

UNIT II NETWORK SECURITY ……… 13 PERIODS 2.1. Authentication and Authorization: Introduction – Authentication and security – Authentication vs. authorization – Types of Authentication - Authentication methods 3Per and protocols (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/bv6QL0H8kAY for Authentication and Authorization) 2.2. Disk encryption : Transparent encryption, Implementation 2Per (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/600y23L8-Lg for Disk encryption)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 189

2.3. Cryptography: Definition – Private &Public Key – Algorithms - Stream ciphers, DES, 3Per RSA, Diffe-Hellman algorithm. (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/Ch2Zp8iz39I?list=PLlvRa4DI5Io1PJdj5TxR-Idp2SV4USRSg for Cryptography) 2.4. Message Authentication: Authentication – Hash function, Digest function. Ethical 3Per Hacking (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/5nowGYVAZLc for Message Authentication) 2.5 Digital signature: Definition – Applications – Digital signatures versus ink on paper 2Per signatures. (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/VIcBpRpiBoc for Digital signature) UNIT – III APPLICATIONS OF NETWORK SECURITY ……… 14 PERIODS 3.1. Internet Security: Email security : Security of email transmission – malicious code – mail encryption, IP security : Overview – Architecture – IPSec configurations – IPSec 4Per security, Web security : SSL – TLS – SET (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/CZzd3i7Bs2o for Internet Security) 3.2. System security : Intruder – Viruses – worms – Trojan horses – SPAM 2Per (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/8caqok3ah8o for System security) 3.3. VPN : Definitions – Benefits – Issues, Server Authentication System, VPN Protocol 3Per (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/rFg7TSwVcL4 for VPN) 3.4 Security Mechanism : Firewall – Types – Developing Firewalls – Packet filters - 2Per Limitations of firewalls (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/pjpVPcmb-y0 for Security Mechanism) 3.5 Wireless Security Issues: Intrusion Detection – Definition and Types - Transmission Security, Authentication, WLAN Detection, Eaves Dropping, Active Attacks, WEP 3Per Definition and Features (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/-3qFkZPdJvI for Wireless Security Issues) UNIT IV WINDOWS ADMINISTRATION …… 12PERIODS 4.1. Introduction: Introduction to windows 2008 server & family – Installation of windows 2Per 2008/2012 – Upgradation of existing OS. (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/C5YWwp-pBhA for windows administration) 4.2. ADS &DNS: Introduction of ADS – Installing ADS&DNS – Creating and managing users with ADS users and computers – Creating group policy – Managing shares and 3Per permissions – DNS name space Top level domain. (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/Klta1bz_TrA for ADS & DNS) 4.3. DHCP & Backup: Introduction to DHCP – Installing and configuring of DHCP server 3Per backups – needs of backup – types of backup - perform backup using backup utility. (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/IEZKK2gtN94 for DHCP & Backup)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 190

4.4. Troubleshooting: About troubleshooting – event viewer – system information tools - windows computer management – performance monitoring tools – PING – TRACERT – 4Per ROUTE – NETSTAT – NSLOOKUP – TELNET (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/0-eefKkafhs for Troubleshooting in windows server) UNIT V LINUX ADMINISTRATION …………10PERIODS 5.1. Introduction: Linux Operating System Concepts – Architecture Overview of Kernel – 2Per User Space – Kernel Space – Processes and Daemons – Process Control (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/DtU8hB-qSPA?list=PL9ooVrP1hQOH3SvcgkC4Qv2cyCebvs0Ik forLinux administration) 5.2. Administration: Overview of Linux Administration – Linux File system – User – Group and Resource Management – Configuration Files - File system Permissions – Access 3Per Permissions – Security – Common File system Commands. (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/qAMWG86sEm8 for Administration) 5.3. User and File management:Password files – managing user environment – adding user – removing user – login access – disabling user – account management utilities – 2Per managing groups – lightweight directory access protocol – File path names – mounting and unmounting file systems – file tree – file types – file attributes. (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/zRw0SKaXSfI for User and File management) 5.4. Process management: Components of a process (PID, PPID, UID, EUID) – signals – send signals (Kill, Killall) – Process states – nice and renice – monitor process(ps,top) – 3Per runaway process – Backup Devices and media – setting up backup using dump – restore. (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/mHPySA51t18 for Process management)

LIST OF PROPOSED STUDENT ACTIVITIES

I. INDUSTRIAL VISITS Imparting industrial visits to any one of the following industries to understand the real time applications 1. BSNL, Meyanoor , Salem – 636005 2. Point Perfect Transcription Services, CHIL SEZ IT Park, Saravanampatti, Coimbatore – 641035 3. Data Care Networking, annanagar, Chennai – 600040 Industrial visit report has to be submitted by the students as assignment through Blackboard and as hard copy to the faculty concerned.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 191

III. CASE STUDIES Case study on the following 1. Configuration of client PCs and OS, configuration of Server and Domains Used Type of Networking 2. Different Network devices used (Switches, Routers, Access points etc.,)

IV. OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE / LEARNING WEBSITE  Software: Wireshark Traffic Analysis/Packet Sniffing Tool, Snort Packet Sniffing tool  www.securityplusolc.com.  http://mercury.webster.edu/aleshunas/COSC%205130/COSC%205130%20Home.html  http://williamstallings.com/Cryptography/  http://nptel.iitm.ac.in/courses.php?disciplineId=106  Network Simulator Tool: GNS3 v0.8.5, NetSimK  http://www.snort.org/docs  http://manual.snort.org/node27.html  http://www.wireshark.org/docs/wsug_html_chunked/

TEXT BOOKS

YEAR OF S.NO TITLE AUTHOR PUBLISHER PUBLISHING / EDITION

Network Security A beginner’s Tata McGraw-Hill, Third Edition 1. Eric Maiwald Guide New Delhi 2001

McGraw- Sixth Edition 2. Linux the complete reference Richard L.Petersen Hill/Osborne, 1997 2002, New Delhi

Cryptography & Network Prentice-Hall of Fifth Edition 3. William Stallings Security-Principals & Practice India, New Delhi 2011

Windows Server 2003 for First Edition 4. James Michael Stewart Wiley, New Delhi Dummies 2003

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 192

REFERENCE BOOKS

YEAR OF S.NO TITLE AUTHOR PUBLISHER PUBLISHING / EDITION

John Wiley & sons, Second Edition 1. Practical Cryptography Bruce, Schneier NewYork Toha 2004

Second Edition, Cryptography and Network Be hrsouzA.Forouzan, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2. Fourth Reprint Security DebdeepMukhopadhyay New Delhi 2011 New Age 3. Computer Network S.S.Shinde International Pvt Reprint 2011 Ltd., New Delhi

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 193

THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM-636 005 (Autonomous Institution) DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING NETWORK SECURITY AND ADMINISTRATION Model Question Paper – I Year/Sem: III/ VI Max. Marks : 75 Code no: 15O-7312 Time : 3 Hrs

PART-A (5 X 2 = 10marks) Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy (ii) All questions carry equal marks Level

1. State any two points for the security of computer systems. I U 2. Write down the terms involved in risk management. I U 3. List out the different types of disk encryption. II U 4. Compare the terms virus and worm. III U 5. Expand the term DHCP, ADS, DNS & VPN. IV R 6. Differentiate the terms user space and kernel space. V U 7. How will you manage the groups and group policy in Linux? V U 8. Write any four commands involved in performance monitoring tools. IV R PART-B (5 X 3 = 15marks) Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy (ii) All questions carry equal marks Level

9. Define the term DOS and spoofing. I R

10. Distinguish between hash function and digest function with an example. I U

11. Write a differ-Hellman algorithm in cryptography with an example. III U

12. What is meant by web security and also list out the types? II U

13. Deliberate about system information tools. IV U

14. List out any six top level domain available in DNS. IV U

15. How will you assign the permission to the user in Linux also write down the steps. V U

16. Write down the steps to implement VPN in your institution. III Ap

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 194

PART-C (5 x 10 = 50marks)

Note: (i) Answer allthe questions choosing either sub-division (A) Bloom’s Maximum or sub-division (B) of eachquestion. Unit Taxonom Marks y Level (ii)All questions carryequalmarks. 17. A. i) List down the software development security problems. I U 5

ii) What is mean by attacks? Briefly Explain its types. I U 5

(OR)

B. Explain in detail about Risk management and risk control strategies. I U 10

18. A. i) Explain about public key cryptography algorithm. II R &U 5

ii) Compare digital signature versus ink on paper signature. II U 5

(OR)

B. Discuss about the message authentication system and its benefits. II U 10

19. A. i) Illustrate the concept of IP security and IP security configuration III U 5

ii) What is firewall and explain the limitations of firewall? III U 5

(OR)

B. Explain how to detect the following term III R &U 10 (i) Intrusion (ii) ELAN (iii) Eaves dropping

20. A. i) Explain about Domain name space and their configuration settings IV U 5

ii) Summarize the concept of creation of group and managing their IV U&Ap 5 sharing policies (OR)

B. Discuss about installing and configuring the DHCP server and their IV U&Ap 10 benefits.

21. A. i) Explain about process and deamons of Linux in detail. V U 5

ii) List down the different kind of file system in Linux and their V U 5 permissions and explain.

(OR)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 195

B. Explain the following terms in briefly V R &U 10 (i) Linux process state (ii) Linux signal (iii) Backup in Linux (iv) Restores

Note:The question paper setters are requested to follow the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy levels as presented below:

Bloom’s Taxonomy Lower Order Thinking Skills (LOTs) Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs)

Level R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap- Apply An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create % to be included 90% 10%

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 196

THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM-636 005 (Autonomous Institution) DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING NETWORK SECURITY AND ADMINISTRATION Model Question Paper – II Year/Sem: III/VI Max. Marks : 75 Code no: 15O-7312 Time : 3 Hrs

PART-A (5 X 2 = 10marks) Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy (ii) All questions carry equal marks Level

1. Write down any two algorithm used for encryption. II U 2. What are the terms involved in software design principle? I R&U 3. Describe the different types of wireless security. III U 4. Give the meaning of NSLOOKUP & TELNET. IV U 5. How to mount and unmount the file in Linux write the command. V U 6. While configuring DHCP what are initial steps to follow? IV U 7. Expand the term WEP and write some of its features. III U 8. List out any four file system access permission command in Linux. V U PART-B (5 X 3 = 15marks) Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy (ii) All questions carry equal marks Level

9. Write down any six applications of digital signature. II U 10. Differentiate authentication and authorization with an example. II U 11. State the terms i)backdoors, ii) trapdoors, iii)sniffing. I U 12. In cryptography how to distribute the private key and public key? III U 13. Deliberate about server authentication system. IV U 14. List out any six system information Tools. IV R&U 15. Write down the command used for disabling user and account management V R&U utilities. 16. How to find the eaves dropping in your network? III U

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 197

PART-C (5 x 10 = 50marks)

Note: (i) Answer allthe questions choosing either sub-division (A) Bloom’s Maximum or sub-division (B) of eachquestion. Unit Taxonom Marks (ii)All questions carryequalmarks. y Level 17. A. Explain the different kind of security services available in network I U 5 security. What is called distributed DOS&SQL Injection with some real-time I U 5 examples. (OR) B. Explain in detail about Secure software development process in step I U 10 by step with a neat diagram.

18. A. Explain about authentication methods and different protocols used II U 5 for it. Illustrate the concept of ethical hacking and some protocols with II U 5 examples (OR) B. Explain in detail about stream cipher and public key algorithm with II U 10 examples.

19. A. Draw the neat diagram for internet security architecture and explain. III U 5

Discuss about VPN protocol with a neat diagram. III U 5

(OR)

B. Summarize the concept of security mechanism and transmission III U 10 security with examples.

20. A. Explain about installation of windows 2008/2012 with neat diagrams. IV U 5 Explain the following commands (i) PING (ii) TRACERT (iii) ROUTE IV U 5 (iv) NETSTAT (OR) B. Discuss about installing and configure the ADS & DNS and their IV U 10 benefits.

21. A. Draw the architecture of kernel space and explain. V U 5 List the different kind of lightweight directory access protocol and V U 5 explain (OR)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 198

B. Illustrate the concept of Linux administration in user and file systems V U 10 concepts with examples

Note:The question paper setters are requested to follow the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy levels as presented below:

Bloom’s Taxonomy Lower Order Thinking Skills (LOTs) Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs)

Level R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap- Apply An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create % to be included 90% 10%

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 199

THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM

Programme : COMPUTER ENGINEERING Semester : VI Course Code : 150 - 7313 Course Name : MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS

TEACHING & SCHEME OF EXAMINATION: No. of weeks per Semester 15 Weeks Examination Instructions Max. Marks Course Semester- Periods / Periods/ Continuous Duration End Total week Semester Assessment Examinations Multimedia 5 75 25 75 100 3Hours Systems

TOPICS AND ALLOCATION OF PERIODS Unit No. Topics No. of Periods I INTRODUCTION TO MULTIMEDIA 12 II DEFINING OBJECTS FOR MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS 12 III MULTIMEDIA DATA AND STANDARDS 13 IV MULTIMEDIA DEVICES AND MAKING MULTIMEDIA 13 V MULTIMEDIA DESIGN, MULTIMEDIA FOR INTERNET 12 INDUSTRIAL VISITS 04 CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT TEST AND MODEL EXAMS 09 TOTAL 75

COURSE OUTCOMES

150 – 7313 MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS On successful completion of this course, students should be able to C602.1 : Understand the basic concepts of multimedia architecture. C602.2 : Explain the objects of multimedia. C602.3 : Summarize different data compression techniques and file format standards C602.4 : Understand different input/output, audio and video technologies C602.5 : Explain multimedia design and multimedia for internet.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 200

CO-PO&PSO’S MAPPING MATRIX

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PSO1 PSO2 C602.1 - 3 - 2 - - - 2 2 3 - - C602.2 - 3 3 3 - - - 2 2 3 - 2 C602.3 - 3 2 3 - - - 2 2 3 - 2 C602.4 - 3 2 3 - - - 2 2 3 - 2 C602.5 - 3 3 - - - - 2 2 3 - - C602 Total - 15 10 11 - - - 10 10 15 - 6 Correlation - 3 2.5 2.7 - - - 2 2 3 - 2 Level

DETAILED SYLLABUS

UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO MULTIMEDIA …… 12 PERIODS

1.1 Introduction: Definition of multimedia – Multimedia Basics – Where to use Multimedia – Multimedia Elements – Applications – Virtual Reality – Delivering 3Per Multimedia. (Refer web link :https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=W5ftwW5iJ0Y for history of multimedia) 1.2. Multimedia Systems Architecture: Multimedia Workstation Architecture – High resolution Graphic displays – Multimedia Architecture Based on interface bus – 2Per Network architecture for Multimedia systems. (Refer web link :https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=fn8PhlssrdQ for multimedia architecture) 1.3. Evolving Technologies For Multimedia Systems: Hypermedia Documents – Hypertext – Hyper Speech – HDTV and UDTV – 3D Technologies and Holography – Fuzzy Logic 2Per and Digital Signal Processing. (Refer web link :https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QggTbCRdDKM for multimedia technologies)

1.4. Defining Objects for Multimedia System: Text – Images – Audio and Voice – Full – Motion and Live Video – Multimedia Data Interface Standards – File formats for 2Per multimedia systems – Video processing standards

(Refer web link :https://youtu.be/2VTYbwlQOxA for Objects in multimedia systems)

1.5 Multimedia Software:Overview of Multimedia Software Tools, Open Source Replacements – Multimedia Authoring – Some Useful Editing and Authoring Tools – 3Per VRML – OpenGL - Windows and Open Source API – Photoshop tools – flash script – DVD authoring tool – Ripper tools – Art of Illusion – Animator – Aladdin4D.

(Refer web link :https://youtu.be/b7nbO2fD54U for Objects in multimedia Software)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 201

UNIT II DEFINING OBJECTS FOR MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS …… 12PERIODS 2.1. TEXT: About Fonts and Faces – Using Text in Multimedia – Hypermedia and Hypertext 2Per -Using Hypertext – Hypermedia Structures – Hypertext Tools. (Refer web link:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_3P-47g-t6o for multimedia text) 2.2. Environments and tools: Bitmap Vs vector graphics – Image Vs Movie – Conventional 3Per Animation Vs Flash animation – Concept of frame Rate and Resolution – PAL – NTSC

and film standards. (Refer web link:https://youtu.be/1UYbE_8saeE for Bitmap vs Vector images) 2.3. Sound : The Power of Sound – Digital Audio – Making Digital Audio Files – MIDI Audio – MIDI vs. Digital Audio – Multimedia System Sounds – Adding Sound to Your 2Per Multimedia Project – Audio Recording – Keeping Track of Your Sounds, Audio CDs, Sound for Your Mobile – Sound for the Internet.

(Refer web link https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zDjkhdUPJ74 for multimedia sound) 2.4. Animation: Animation basics-Timeline – Frame And Key Frames – Creating a basic Text Animation – Creating And Manipulating Animations – Creating a basic Frame – 3Per By – Frame Animation – Using Onion Skin To Modify An Animation – Using Shape Tweening And Hinting – Using Motion Tweening – Mask Animation- GPU. (Refer web link https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Jz9WrbELGYA for multimedia animation) 2.5 Video: Using Video – How Video Works and Is Displayed – Analog Video – Digital Video, Displays – Digital Video Containers – Codec, Video Format Converters – 2Per Obtaining Video Clips – Shooting and Editing Video.

(Refer web link:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_iCplZZEeOk for video creation) UNIT III MULTIMEDIA DATA AND STANDARDS ………. 13 PERIODS 3.1. Data Compression: Need for Data compression -General Data compression Scheme – Compression standards – Non-lossy compression for images – Lossy compression for 3Per Photographs and video – Hardware Vs Software Compression. (Refer Web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TrRg0xa4JQA for image compression) 3.2. Compression Schemes and standards: Binary image compression – Color – Gray Scale and Still-video image compression – JPEG – Video image compression – Multimedia Standards for Video – Requirements for Full-motion Video Compression 3Per – MPEG, Audio compression, Fractal compression, advantages / disadvantages (Only Concepts). (Refer Web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qtBvs4CXL0U for compression techniques) 3.3. Data and File Format Standards: Popular File Formats – RTF – RIFF – GIF – PNG – TIFF – MIDI – JPEG – JFIF – AVI – WAV – BMP – WMF – MIX – MPEG standards. 2Per TWAIN. (Refer Web link :https://youtu.be/ge3NZM7_F9w for File formats)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 202

3.4 Multimedia Databases: Storage and Retrieval – Database Management systems – 2Per Database Organization and Transaction management for multimedia systems. (Refer Web link :https://youtu.be/nO36G663Zww for multimedia databases) 3.5 Multimedia Information Sharing and Retrieval: Social Media Sharing User – Generated Media Content Sharing – Media Propagation in Online Social Networks – 3Per Content-Based Retrieval in Digital Libraries (Refer Web link :https://youtu.be/Kuws9W-4TDY for multimedia information retrieval) UNIT IV MULTIMEDIA DEVICES AND MAKING MULTIMEDIA ……. 13PERIODS 4.1. Multimedia input/output Technologies: Limitations of Traditional input devices – Multimedia input output devices – PEN input – Working of Electronic Pen – Video and 3Per image display systems – Video display technology standards – CRT, display terminology – Flat panel display system. (Refer Web link :https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cSsnL14LXKc for multimedia devices) 4.2. Print Output, image, audio and video Technologies: Comparison of printing technologies – Laser printing – Dye sublimation printer – Color printing technology issues – Image scanners – types – Digital voice and audio – Voice recognition systems 3Per – Digital Camera – Video frame grabber – Video and still image processing – video camera – full-motion video controllers. (Refer Web link :https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=airHOjHARO0 for video Technologies) 4.3 Making Multimedia: The Stages of a Multimedia Project – Creativity – Organization –Communication – Hardware – Software – Text Editing and Word Processing Tools – OCR Software – Painting and Drawing Tools – 3-D Modeling and Animation Tools – 4Per Image-Editing Tools – Sound-Editing Tools – Animation – Video and Digital Movie Tools – Authoring Systems – Making Instant Multimedia -Types of Authoring Tools. (Refer Web link :https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1yJgDTcuaOo for 3d modeling)

4.4 Multimedia Skills: The Team – Project Manager – Multimedia Designer – Interface Designer – Writer, Video Specialist – Audio Specialist – Multimedia Programmer – 3Per Producer of Multimedia for the Web. (Refer Web link :https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_OaeTyHeso4 for multimedia skills) UNIT – V MULTIMEDIA DESIGN, MULTIMEDIA FOR INTERNET …….. 12 PERIODS 5.1. Designing and Producing: Designing – Designing the Structure – Designing the User 3Per Interface – Producing – Tracking – Copyrights -Virtual reality designing and modeling.

(Refer Web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qQvADA1JGV for virtual reality) 5.2. The Internet and Multimedia: The Bandwidth Bottleneck, Internet Services – MIME- Types, Multimedia on the Web – Web Page Makers and Site Builders – Plug-ins and 3Per Delivery Vehicles. (Refer Web link :https://youtu.be/BHzkO1jaL7Y for multimedia on the web)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 203

5.3. Designing for the World Wide Web: Developing for the Web, Small-Device Workspace – Text and images for the Web – Clickable Buttons – Client-Side Image 3Per Maps, Sound for the Web – Animation for the Web – Video for the Web – HTML5 Video – Plug-ins and Players. (Refer Web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=nzV1NmhC7ik html 5) 5.4 Multimedia Communication and applications: Study of Multimedia networking – Media Entertainment, Web-based applications, e-learning and education- Cloud 3Per Computing for Multimedia Services – Cloud-Assisted Media Sharing. (Refer Web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QYQ0I1mvFDE for e-learning)

LIST OF PROPOSED STUDENT ACTIVITIES

I. INDUSTRIAL VISITS Imparting industrial visits to any one of the following industries to understand the real time applications 1. Dream Effects Multimedia & IT Solutions Zach’s Enclave, Basement, Door No: A-3, New No.45, 2nd Avenue, Anna Nagar East, Chennai – 2 2. CGM MEDIA 85/1 Vasathavanath,MG Road, New Fairlands, Salem -6 3. Media Wonderz Multimedia Solutions 34, 1st Floor, Saraswathi Towers,10th Street, Gandhipuram,Coimbatore – 2 Industrial visit report has to be submitted by the students as assignment through Blackboard and as hard copy to the faculty concerned.

III. OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE / LEARNING WEBSITE  Software: Microsoft windows operating system from xp/vista 7/8, Adobe flash 4.0 or higher version, Adobe Photoshop CS% or higher version, flash compatible browsers  Multimedia Introduction: http://www.codecademy.com/learn  Multimedia tools: http://www.photoshopessentials.com  Fundamentals of multimedia: http://www.adobeknowhow.com  Multimedia animation video: http://www.thefreecountry.com/webmaster/flash.shtml

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 204

TEXT BOOKS YEAR OF S.NO TITLE AUTHOR PUBLISHER PUBLISHING / EDITION Multimedia:Making It Tata McGraw Hill Ltd, Eighth Edition 1. Tay Vaughan Work New Delhi 2010 Fundamental of Ze-Nian Li and M. PHI Learning Pvt Ltd Indian Reprint 2. Multimedia S. Drew New Delhi 2011

Multimedia Systems Prabhatk.Andleigh, PHI Learning Pvt Ltd Indian reprint 3. Design Kiran Thakra, New Delhi 2011

Multimedia Technology Galgotia Publications Pvt Second Edition 4. David Hillman and Applications Ltd. 2001

John F.Koegel Pearson Education, Ninth 5. Multimedia Systems Buford United States Impression 2012

REFERENCE BOOKS

YEAR OF S.NO TITLE AUTHOR PUBLISHER PUBLISHING / EDITION

Computer Graphics Second edition 1. Multimedia and Malay K. Pakhira PHI , New Delhi 2010 Animation

2. Principals of Multimedia Ranjan Parekh TMGH, New Delhi Twelfth Reprint

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 205

THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM-636 005 (Autonomous Institution) DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS Model Question Paper - I Year/Sem: III / VI Max. Marks : 75 Code no: 15O – 7313 Time : 3 Hrs PART-A (5 X 2 = 10marks) Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy (ii) All questions carry equal marks Level

1. What is multimedia? Write the usage of multimedia in business. I R

2. Define sound and it characteristics. II U

3. Define delta frame animation. II R

4. What is RIFF and draw the format? III R&U

5. Define digital camera and its advantage. III R

6. State the advantages and disadvantages of PNG. IV U

7. What is documentation? V R

8. What is meant by Rigging? V R

PART-B (5 X 3 = 15marks) Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 16 iscompulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy (ii) All questions carry equal marks Level

9. What is Digital Signal processing and state its applications? I U

10. Differentiate vector images and bitmap images. II U

11. Write video container formats with explanation. III R

12. What are the techniques used in the audio compression? III U

13. What is image scanner? List out the types. IV U

14. Explain the user interface designing. V R

15. Describe plugin and players. V U

16. Is it possible to have a lossless compression over a still image using jpeg III R standard? Explain.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 206

PART-C (5 x 10 = 50marks)

Note: (i)Answer allthe questions choosing either sub-division (A) or Bloom’s Maximum sub-division (B) of eachquestion. Unit Taxonomy Marks (ii)All questions carry equal marks. Level

17. A. Explain about multimedia system Architecture I U 10 (OR) B. (i) List out the multimedia software tools and explain. I R 5 (ii) Write about digital signal processing. I U 5

18. A. Explain about hypermedia structure and hypertext tools in II U 10 multimedia applications. (OR) B. (i) Explain how video works. II R 5

(ii) Discuss some of the general principles and factors that apply to II R&U 5 creating computer animations for multimedia presentations.

19. A. Explain about lossy and Non- lossy compression Schemes. III U 10 (OR) B. (i) Write about storage and retrieval methods. III U 5 (ii) Explain DBMS for multimedia. III R 5

20. A. Explain in detail about the flat-panel display system and function of IV U 10 CRT. (OR) B. (i) Discuss Time based and Object Oriented Authoring Tools. IV R 5 (ii) What are the roles of the members in a multimedia team? IV U 5

21. A. Write about the Bandwidth, Bottleneck and Internet Services. V U 10 (OR) B. (i) Explain about multimedia services in cloud computing. V U 5 (ii) Explain in detail-Designing multimedia for the worldwide web. V U 5

Note: The question paper setters are requested to follow the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy levels as presented below:

Bloom’s Taxonomy Lower Order Thinking Skills (LOTs) Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs)

Level R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap- Apply An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create % to be included 90% 10%

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 207

THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM-636 005 (Autonomous Institution) DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS Model Question Paper - II Year/Sem: III / VI Max. Marks : 75 Code no: 15O – 7313 Time : 3 Hrs

PART-A (5 X 2 = 10marks) Bloom’s Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory Unit Taxonomy (ii) All questions carry equal marks Level

1. What is fuzzy logic? I R

2. Differentiate visible images and non-visible images. II U

3. What is the function of a Quatizer? II R

4. What is histogram stretching and shrinking? III U

5. Define flugin and its types. V R

6. What is CBT and the usage? IV R

7. State about the 2D and 3D modeling. V U

8. What is SVG & how it is different from VML? III R&U

PART-B (5 X 3 = 15marks)

Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 16 iscompulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy (ii) All questions carry equal marks Level

9. What is hologram and holography? I R

10. What do you mean by digitalized sound and how to calculate audio file size? II R

11. Write any four differences between inkjet printer and laser printer. III U

12. Draw the architecture of video capture board. III R

13. List the advantages of DVD in multimedia. IV U

14. Define TWAIN. List the layers of TWAIN Architecture. IV U

15. What are the processes includes in testing? V R

16. Explain about 3-level Hierarchical JPEG Encoder. III R

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 208

PART-C (5 x 10 = 50marks)

Note: (i)Answer allthe questions choosing either sub-division (A) or Bloom’s Maximum sub-division (B) of eachquestion. Unit Taxonomy Marks (ii)All questions carry equal marks. Level

17 A. Explain about multimedia applications and usage. I U 10

(OR)

B. (i) Explain in detail about 3D and holography. I U 5

(ii) Summarize the network architecture of multimedia systems. I U 5

18. A. Discuss about the multimedia system sounds. II U 10

(OR)

B. (i) Explain the computer animation techniques II U 5

(ii) Explain Content-Based Retrieval in Digital Libraries. II U 5

19. A. Write the requirements for full-motion video compression and audio III U 10 compression. (OR)

B. (i) Explain the function of video capture board. III U 5

(ii) Illustrate the concept of content based retrieval in digital libraries. III U 5

20. A. Explain about the video grabber and its types IV U 10

(OR)

B. (i) What is Dye Sublimation Printer? Explain the working principle of IV U 5 Dye Sublimation printer.

(ii) Explain the information characteristics necessary for making a IV U 5 presentation.

21. A. Discuss about virtual reality designing and modeling. V U 10

(OR)

B. (i) Explain web page makers & site builders. V U 5

(ii) Write about testing of multimedia products. V U 5

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 209

Note:The question paper setters are requested to follow the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy levels as presented below:

Bloom’s Taxonomy Lower Order Thinking Skills (LOTs) Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs)

Level R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap- Apply An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create % to be included 90% 10%

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 210

THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM

Programme : COMPUTER ENGINEERING Semester : VI Course Code : 15O - 7402A Course Name : CLOUD COMPUTING

TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION No. of weeks per semester: 15 weeks Examination Instructions Max. Marks Course Semester- Periods/ Periods / Continuous Duration End Total week Semester Assessment Examinations Cloud 6 90 25 75 100 3 Hours Computing

TOPICS AND ALLOCATION OF PERIODS Unit No. Topics No. of Periods I BASICS OF CLOUD COMPUTING 14 II CLOUD ARCHITECTURE, SERVICES AND A 15 PPLICATIONS III VIRTUALIZATION 15 IV STORAGE MANAGEMENT 16 V CLOUD SECURITY,OPENSTACK AND EUCALYPTUS 17 INDUSTRIAL VISITS 04 CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT TEST AND MODEL EXAMS 09 TOTAL 90

COURSE OUTCOMES 15O - 7402A CLOUD COMPUTING On successful completion of this course, students should be able to C603A.1 : Understand the basic principles, influences and features of cloud computing C603A.2 : Identify the architecture, infrastructure and delivery models of cloud computing C603A.3 : Analyze and demonstrate the different types of virtualization technology C603A.4 : Understand the working of cloud storage and compare the various storage network technologies C603A.5 : Contrast about cloud security and explain about cloud providers

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 211

CO-PO&PSO’S MAPPING MATRIX

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PSO1 PSO2 C603A.1 - 3 - 2 1 - - 1 1 3 1 2 C603A.2 - 3 - 2 1 - - 1 1 3 1 2 C603A.3 - 3 - 2 1 - - 1 1 3 3 - C603A.4 - 3 - 2 1 - - 1 1 3 2 - C603A.5 - 3 2 2 1 - - 1 1 3 2 2 C603A - 15 2 10 5 - - 5 5 15 11 6 Total Correlation - 3 2 2 1 - - 1 1 3 2.2 2 Level

DETAILED SYLLABUS UNIT-I BASICS OF CLOUD COMPUTING ………. 14 PERIODS 1.1 Cloud computing overview: Origins of Cloud computing – Cloud components – Essential characteristics – on-demand self-service , Broad network access , Location 4Per independent resource pooling , Rapid elasticity , measured service (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/IAKOUDfYXTw for Cloud computing overview) 1.2. Architectural influences: High-performance computing , utility and enterprise computing, grid computing, Autonomic computing, Service consolidation, Horizontal 4Per scaling , Web services, High scalability architecture (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/IAKOUDfYXTw for Architectural influences) 1.3. Cloud scenarios: Benefits and Disadvantages of cloud computing – scalability, 2Per simplicity, vendors , security (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/gz61UCyNsHA for Cloud scenarios) 1.4. Limitations: Sensitive information, Application development – Security concerns - 2Per privacy concern with a third party, security level of third party, security benefits (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/ToaE1QDJQMYfor Limitations) 1.5. Accessing the role of open standards: Challenges and risks – Regularity issues – 2Per Government policies (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/ExH16oxR9kMfor Accessing the role of open standards) UNIT-II CLOUD ARCHITECTURE, SERVICES AND APPLICATIONS ………. 15PERIODS 2.1 Cloud architecture: Cloud delivery model – SPI framework , SPI evolution , SPI vs. Traditional IT Model , Cloud Delivery Model: Infrastructure as a Service, Platform as 4Per a Service, Using PaaS Application Frameworks, Software as a Service, Saas vs. Paas, Identity as a Service, Compliance as a Service (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/sNLhh9OyDj8 for Cloud architecture)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 212

2.2. Software as a Service (SaaS): SaaS service providers – Web Services – Web2.0 – Web Operating system – Google App Engine, Salesforce.com and Google platform 3 Per – Benefits – Operational benefits, Economic benefits – Evaluating SaaS (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/47HcG-grg1E for SaaS) 2.3. Platform as a Service ( PaaS ): Cloud Plat form & Management – Computation & Storage – PaaS service providers – Right Scale – Salesforce.com – Rackspace – 3Per Force.com – services and benefits (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/lcIEBTBmtcIfor PaaS) 2.4. Infrastructure as a Service ( IaaS): IaaS service providers – Amazon EC2 , GoGrid – Microsoft soft implementation and support – Amazon EC service level agreement – 3Per recent developments – benefits (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/GCGLYMeh75Y for IaaS) 2.5. Cloud deployment model : Public clouds – Private clouds – Community clouds – 2Per Hybrid clouds – Advantages of Cloud computing (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/JhLfhq8JAEo forCloud deployment model)

UNIT-III VIRTUALIZATION ……….15 PERIODS 3.1 Virtualization : Virtualization and cloud computing – Need of virtualization – cost , administration , fast deployment , reduce infrastructure cost – Limitations 3Per (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/_fGrYN5rxhs for Virtualization) 3.2. Types of hardware virtualization: Full virtualization , Partial virtualization, Para 4Per virtualization (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/u5cbzTnzwy4forTypes of hardware virtualization) 3.3. Desktop virtualization – Software virtualization – Memory virtualization – storage 4 hr virtualization – data virtualization – network virtualization (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/Q_0FV1VnmDMforDesktop virtualization) 3.4. Microsoft Implementation – Microsoft Hyper V–VMware features and infrastructure – Virtual Box – Thin client 4Per

(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/AwfEgPnOBowforMicrosoft Implementation) UNIT-IV STORAGE MANAGEMENT……….16 PERIODS 4.1 Working with Cloud-Based Storage: Measuring the Digital Universe, Cloud storage in the Digital Universe, Cloud storage definition – Provisioning Cloud Storage: 4Per Unmanaged Vs Managed cloud storage, Creating cloud storage systems, Virtual storage containers

(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/vFmadKerDD8forWorking with Cloud-Based Storage)

4.2. Exploring Cloud Backup Solutions: Backup types, Cloud backup features, Cloud attached backup – Cloud Storage Interoperability – Cloud Data Management 5Per Interface (CDMI), Open Cloud Computing Interface (OCCI)

(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/2vAzP5yegJEforExploring Cloud Backup Solutions)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 213

4.3 Storage Network: Architecture of storage, analysis and planning, Storage network 3Per design considerations

(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/HWM7CcIniUkforStorage Network) 4.4 NAS and FC SANs, hybrid storage networking technologies (ISCSI, FCIP, FCoE), 4Per design for storage virtualization in cloud computing (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/Q_0FV1VnmDMforhybrid storage networking technologies) UNIT-V CLOUD SECURITY,OPENSTACK AND EUCALPYTUS ……….17PERIODS 5.1 Understanding Cloud Security: Securing the Cloud – Security service boundary – CSA Cloud Reference Model – Securing Data – Brokered cloud storage access – 5Per Storage location and tenancy – Encryption (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/rei30obkaBcforUnderstanding Cloud Security) 5.2. Cloud Security: Cloud Computing Security Challenges – Security Policy Implementation – Policy Types – Virtualization Security Management – Virtual 3Per Threats (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/L-cC-JjYos0forCloud Security) 5.3 OpenStack : Introduction – Open stack Architecture – Functions and Features –Components of Open Stack Compute – Image Management – Instance 4Per Management – Storage Management – Network Management – Security – Open Stack Commands (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/Qz5gyDenqTIforOpen Stack) 5.4 Eucalyptus: Introduction – Components – Web Interface –Image Management – Instance Management – Storage Management – Networking – Security – Eucalyptus 5Per Commands (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/YRUlroFpEDo?list=PLFifP_HeKxFmiF2MHVl9sPjmMrNfQVIrJ for Eucalyptus) LIST OF PROPOSED STUDENT ACTIVITIES

I. INDUSTRIAL VISITS Imparting industrial visits to any one of the following industries to understand the real time applications

1. Collabra Technologies Pvt. Ltd – Bangalore 2. ERP Logics – Ramakrishna road Salem – 7 3. Cloud Swan Solutions – PN Palayam CBE - 37

Industrial visit report has to be submitted by the students as assignment through Blackboard and as hard copy to the faculty concerned.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 214

III. CASE STUDIES Case study on the following 1. Microsoft Azure 2. Amazon EC2 3. Google IV. OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE / LEARNING WEBSITE  www.nptel.ac.in  www.wikipedia.org  www.justcloud.com  https://sourceforge.net/projects/eucalyptus [Eucalyptus cloud projects free download]  https://www.openstack.org/software [OpenStack cloud projects free download]

REFERENCEBOOKS YEAR OF S.NO TITLE AUTHOR PUBLISHER PUBLISHING/EDITION Anthony T. Velte, Cloud Computing A Toby 1. TMGH, New Delhi First Edition 2010 practical Approach J.Velte,Robert Elsenpeter Cloud Computing Wiley Publishing, 2. Barrie Sosinsky First Edition 2010 Bible Inc, New Delhi CLOUD SECURITY: A Ronald L. Comprehensive WileyPublishing, Inc, 3. KrutzRussell Dean First Edition 2010 Guide to Secure New Delhi Vines Cloud Computing Atul Jha Johnson OpenStack 4. D Kiran Murari CSS Corp, New Delhi Version 3.0 2012 Beginners Guide Murthy Raju Johnson D, Kiran Murari, Murthy Eucalyptus 5. Raju CSS Corp, New Delhi Version 1.0 2010 Beginners Guide Suseendran RB, Yogesh Girikumar

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 215

THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM-636 005 (Autonomous Institution) DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING CLOUD COMPUTING Model Question Paper – I Year/Sem: III/ VI Max. Marks : 75 Code no: 15O-7402A Time : 3 Hrs PART-A (5 X 2 = 10marks) Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy (ii) All questions carry equal marks Level

1. Define Cloud Computing and list down any four cloud components. I R

2. List down any four benefits of cloud computing. I U

3. State any four differences between SPI and Traditional IT. II U

4. Mention the four types of cloud deployment models. II R

5. What is virtualization? And mention the two types of virtualization. III R

6. With an example state the technique behind data virtualization. III U

7. List down any four differences between managed and Unmanaged cloud IV U storage.

8. Write down the command in Eucalyptus to describe the image attribute. V R

PART-B (5 X 3 = 15marks) Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy (ii) All questions carry equal marks Level

9. In brief explain about any three essential characteristics of cloud computing. I U

10. List any six disadvantages of cloud computing. I U

11. State any six differences between SaaS and PaaS II U

12. What is a public cloud? Mention two public cloud providers. II U

13. What is hardware virtualization? List the three types of hardware III R & U virtualization.

14. What is a thin client? Mention any four benefits of using it. III U

15. List any three backup types and also mention any three backup features IV U

16. What is the use of openstack cloud? Write the command to install open V R & U stack dashboard

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 216

PART-C (5 x 10 = 50marks)

Note: (i) Answer allthe questions choosing either sub-division (A) Bloom’s Maximum or sub-division (B) of eachquestion. Unit Taxonom Marks (ii)All questions carryequalmarks. y Level 17. A. (i) In brief explain about any 2 architectural influence of cloud I U 5 computing. (ii) Define the term scalability and briefly explain the two types of I U 5 scalability.

(OR) B. Explain the need to access the role of open standards in cloud and I U 10 write about the Government policies for standardizing cloud computing.

18. A. With neat diagram elaborate the working of : (i) Identity as a Service II U 5 (ii) Compliance as a service II U 5

(OR)

B. What is PaaS? Explain its computation & storage and also list down II Ap 10 its services and benefits.

19. A. In brief explain about: (i) Full virtualization III U 5 (ii) Partial virtualization Draw diagrams wherever necessary. III U 5

(OR)

B. Explain in detail about any two virtualization techniques and also III U 10 quote the real time application

5 20. A. Write in brief about : (i) Cloud Data Management Interface (CDMI) IV U 5 (ii) Open Cloud Computing Interface (OCCI) IV U 5 (OR) B. What is hybrid storage networking? Explain any two technologies of IV U 10 hybrid networking.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 217

21. A. (i)Explain about brokered cloud storage. V U 5 (ii)Briefly explain the CSA Cloud reference model. V U 5 (OR) B. In detail explain about the Openstack cloud architecture and also V U 10 mention its function and features.

Note:The question paper setters are requested to follow the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy levels as presented below:

Bloom’s Taxonomy Lower Order Thinking Skills (LOTs) Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs)

Level R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap- Apply An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create % to be included 90% 10%

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 218

THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM-636 005 (Autonomous Institution) DIPLOMA IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING CLOUD COMPUTING Model Question Paper – II Year/Sem: III/ VI Max. Marks : 75 Code no: 15O-7402A Time : 3 Hrs PART-A (5 X 2 = 10marks) Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 8 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy (ii) All questions carry equal marks Level

1. Write down any four essential characteristics of cloud computing. I R

2. What is scalability? Mention two types of scalability. I R & U

3. List down any four operational benefits of SaaS? II U

4. What is the need for SLA? List any two conditions mentioned in Amazon EC2 II U SLA

5. Define the term hardware virtualization and list down any two types of III R & U hardware virtualization.

6. Mention any four benefits of using virtual box. III U

7. What are the virtual threats in cloud computing? IV U

8. Write down the 10 steps involved in bundling Windows image to Eucalyptus V U

PART-B (5 X 3 = 15marks) Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 16 is compulsory Unit Bloom’s Taxonomy (ii) All questions carry equal marks Level

9. Explain about any three architectural influences of cloud computing. I U

10. Give a concise explanation on the Government policies imposed on cloud I U computing.

11. What is Paas? What are the services and benefits of PaaS? II U 12. State any three advantages of cloud computing II U 13. What is full virtualization? State any three successful purpose of using it. III U

14. In brief explain about i) Storage virtualization ii) Network virtualization. IV U

15. List down the components that make the eucalyptus cloud. V R

16. Mention any six differences between NAS and SAN. IV U

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 219

PART-C (5 x 10 = 50marks)

Note: (i) Answer allthe questions choosing either sub-division (A) Bloom’s Maximum or sub-division (B) of eachquestion. Unit Taxonomy Marks (ii)All questions carryequalmarks. Level 17. A. (i) Explain about any two Cloud components and list any three I U 5 benefits of each component

(ii) In brief explain the challenges and risks involved in accessing the I U 5 open standards. (OR) B. Briefly explain about limitations and benefits of cloudcomputing I U 10

18. A. (i) With a neat diagram explain the cloud architecture. II R&U 5

(ii) List down any ten differences between SPI and Traditional IT. II U 5 (OR) B. Briefly explain about Amazon EC2 its services and list out any five II U 10 benefits.

19. A. (i) Briefly explain about Micro soft Hyper-V and its benefits. III U 5

(ii) With a neat diagram explain the technique behind memory III R&U 5 virtualization.

B. Briefly explain about any two types of hardware virtualization. III U 10

20. A. (i) Give explanation about virtual storage containers. IV U 5 (ii) What do you mean by cloud storage interoperability? Explain IV U 5 briefly.

B. What is SAN? Explain the architecture and design considerations of IV U 10 SAN.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 220

21. A. (i) Write about the image management in eucalyptus cloud. V U 5 (ii) Explain the web interface in eucalyptus cloud. V U 5 (OR) B. Write about the challenges, security policy and policy types in cloud V U 10 security.

Note:The question paper setters are requested to follow the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy levels as presented below:

Bloom’s Taxonomy Lower Order Thinking Skills (LOTs) Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs)

Level R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap- Apply An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create % to be included 90% 10%

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 221

THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM

Programme : COMPUTER ENGINEERING Semester : VI Course Code : 15O – 7402B Course Name : MOBILE COMPUTING AND APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT

TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION No. of weeks per semester: 15 weeks Examination Instructions Max. Marks Course Semester- Periods/ Periods/ Continuous Duration End Total week Semester Assessment Examinations Mobile Computing and 6 90 25 75 100 3 Hours Application Development

TOPICS AND ALLOCATION OF PERIODS Unit No. Topics No. of Periods I INTRODUCTION TO MOBILE COMPUTING,WIFI AND BLUETOOTH 15 II INTRODUCTION TO GSM,SMS,GPRS AND MOBILE OS 15 III INTRODUCTION TO ANDROID 17 IV VIEWS 14 V LOCATION BASED SERVICE AND SQLITE 16 INDUSTRIAL VISITS 04 CONTINUOUS ASSESSMENT TEST AND MODEL EXAMS 09 TOTAL 90

COURSE OUTCOMES

15O – 7402B MOBILE COMPUTING AND APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT On successful completion of this course, students should be able to C603B.1 : Summarize the basic concept of mobile computing, wifi, Bluetooth C603B.2 : Outline of gsm, sms, gprs,mobiles C603B.3 : Explain about android and its ADT C603B.4 : Analyze the views and its techniques C603B.5 : Explain location based service and SQLite

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 222

CO-PO&PSO’S MAPPING MATRIX

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PSO1 PSO2 C603B.1 - 3 - - - - - 2 1 3 - - C603B.2 - 3 3 3 - 1 - 2 1 3 3 3 C603B.3 - 3 3 3 - 1 - 2 1 3 3 3 C603B.4 - 3 3 3 - 1 - 2 1 3 3 3 C603B.5 - 3 3 3 - 1 - 2 1 3 3 3 C603B - 15 12 12 - 4 - 10 5 15 12 12 Total Correlation - 3 3 3 - 1 - 2 1 3 3 3 Level

DETAILED SYLLABUS

UNIT – I INTRODUCTION TO MOBILE COMPUTING, WIFI AND BLUETOOTH….. 15PERIODS 1.1 Introduction : Evolution of Mobile Computing – Important terminologies – Mobile computing functions – Mobile computing Devices – Characteristics of Mobile Communication – Networks: Wirleline, Wireless, Adhoc – Comparison of wired and 5Per wireless mechanism- Various types of wireless communication technologies used in Mobiles, Antennas (Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cBzagZcLAyQ for mobile computing) 1.2. Architecture : Architecture of Mobile Computing – 3-Tier Architecture – Presentation ( Tier-1), Application ( Tier -2), Data ( Tier – 3) 3Per

(Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=TprvPwxamiQ\ for architecture) 1.3 Security: Security Concern Related to Mobile Computing – Mobile IP – Mobile 5Per computing through Telephony: Evolution through telephony (Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=87L2Lir8sco forSecurity) 1.4 Wireless LAN: Introduction – Definition – Applications of WLAN – infrared versus radio transmission – Features of WiFi and WiMax – Bluetooth: Introduction and 2Per application (Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pp5AQSDBGRs forWireless LAN) UNIT – II INTRODUCTION TO GSM,SMS,GPRS AND MOBILE OS ….15 PERIODS 2.1. Global System for Mobile Communication ( GSM): Introduction – GSM Architecture – 6Per GSM Entities ( Basics only)- Introduction to CDMA (Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pp5AQSDBGRs forGSM) 2.2. Short Message Service ( SMS): Mobile computing over SMS – Short Message Service – Strength of SMS – SMS Architecture – Value added services through SMS – VAS 2Per Examples (Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aAmMd8Tdfho forSMS)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 223

2.3. General Packet Radio Service (GPRS): Introduction – GPRS Packet data Network: Capacity and Other End user aspects – Quality of Service(QoS) , Integral part of the future 3G systems – GPRS Network Architecture – GPRS Networks Enhancements – 4Per Applications for GPRS : Generic Applications, GPRS Specific Applications – Limitations of GPRS – Features of 3G and 4G Data Service. (Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=QaBB-2riWJ0 for GPRS) 2.4 Mobile Operating Systems: Evaluation of Mobile Operating System – Handset Manufactures and their Mobile OS – Mobile OS and their features. Linux Kernel based 3Per Mobile OS (Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PLjld-edVj8forMobile Operating Systems) UNIT – III INTRODUCTION TO ANDROID ……17PERIODS 3.1. ANDROID: Android Versions – Features of Android – Architecture of Android – Android Market – Android Runtime (Dalvik Virtual Machine) – Introduction to Google 5Per Play Store. (Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=SMRxAGYYkdU for android) 3.2. ANDROID SDK & ADT: Android SDK – Android Development Tool(ADT) – Installing and Configuring Android – Android Virtual Device(AVD) 3Per (Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yr76tTE7eIY for SDK & ADT) 3.3 ACTIVITIES & INTENTS: Understanding Activities – Linking activities and indents – Calling built-in applications using intents – Fragments Displaying Notifications. 5Per (Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=oh3jbkMZZJg for activities & intents) 3.4 USER INTERFACE: Views and View groups – Layouts – Display Orientation – Action Bar – Listening for UI Notifications. 4Per (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/0l3c1aNP3Ogfor user interface) UNIT – IV VIEWS ……14PERIODS Basic Views :Text view, Button, Image Button, Edit Text, check Box, Toggle Button, 4.1. 4Per Radio Button and Radio Group Views, Progress Bar View, Auto Complete Text View (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/bCtGEOhukkofor Basic Views) Advanced Views : Time Picker View and Date Picker View – List Views –Image 4.2. 3Per View – Menus –Analog and Digital View – Dialog Boxes (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/ZGsduXGWzbEfor Advanced Views) Displaying Pictures & Menus with Views: Image View – Gallery View – 4.3. Image Switcher – Grid View – Creating the Helper Methods – Options Menu – 5Per Context Menu (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/C5uJ58qJETMfor Displaying Pictures) 4.4 SMS, Phone: Sending SMS –Receiving SMS –Making phone call 2Per (Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aFgEPAzgBpAfor SMS & Phone) UNIT – V LOCATION BASED SERVICE AND SQLITE ….16 PERIODS 5.1 Location Based Services : Obtaining the Maps API Key-Displaying the Map – Zoom Control –Navigating to a specific location – Adding Marker –Geo Coding and 4Per reverse Geo coding (Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dR448ULXHHE for Location Based Services)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 224

5.2 Content Provider : Sharing data –view contacts –Add contacts –Modify contacts – 2Per Delete Contacts (Refer web link : https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YKdoMlGqCw0forContent Provider) 5.3. Storage : Store and Retire data’s in Internal and External Storage – SQLite - 6Per Creating and using databases (Refer web link : https://youtu.be/c7PlYl1gJSEfor Storage) 5.4. Android Service : Consuming Web service using HTTP , downloading binary Data – Downloading Text Content –Accessing Web Service 4Per

(Refer web link : https://youtu.be/6dlSp4X7aIkfor Android Service)

LIST OF PROPOSED STUDENT ACTIVITIES

I. INDUSTRIAL VISITS Imparting industrial visits to any one of the following industries to understand the real time applications 1. Supreme Technologies, Chennai 2. Thincode Software Solutions Pvt.,Ltd., Salem Industrial visit report has to be submitted by the students as assignment through Blackboard and as hard copy to the faculty concerned.

III. CASE STUDIES Case study on the following 1. Design simple GUI 2. Prepare comparison of technical features of different mobile communication Technologies being used Idea, Vodafone, etc IV. OPEN SOURCE SOFTWARE / LEARNING WEBSITE  http://www.tutorialspoint.com/android/  Developer.android.com/training/basics/firstapp  www.telerik.com/android-development  www.appmakr.com/Android

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 225

TEXT BOOKS YEAR OF S.NO TITLE AUTHOR PUBLISHER PUBLISHING/ EDITION Asoke K Talukder, Second Edition 1. Mobile Computing Hasan Ahmed, TMGH, New Delhi 2011 Roopa R Yavagal Pearson Fourth Indian 2. Mobile communications Jochenschiller Education, New Reprint 2005 Delhi. PHI Learning SipraDasbitBiplab First Edition 3. Mobile Computing Private Ltd , New K. Sikdar 2009 Delhi

REFERENCE BOOKS YEAR OF S.NO TITLE AUTHOR PUBLISHER PUBLISHING/ EDITION 1. Mobile Computing Raj Kamal OXFORD First Edition 2003

Wireless Communication 2. William Stallings PHI , New Delhi First Edition 2002 and Networks

Wireless Communications Third reprint 3. and Networks – 3 G and ITI SahaMisra TMGH, New Delhi 2011 Beyond Dr.SunilkumarS.M Wireless and Mobile anvi and First Edition 2010 4. Networks Concepts and MahabaleshwarS. Wiley Publisher protocols Reprint 2011 Kakkasageri

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 226

THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM-636 005 (Autonomous Institution) Diploma in Computer Engineering Mobile Computing and Application Development Model Question Paper-I Year/Sem: III / VI Max. Marks : 75 Code no: 15O-7402 B Time : 3 Hrs PART-A (5 X 2 = 10 marks) Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 8 Unit Bloom’s is compulsory Taxonomy Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks

1. Define “Mobile computing” and “Mobile IP”. I U

2. Give any four applications of WLAN. I U

3. What are the capacity and other end user aspects of GPRS? II R

4. What are the uses of GSM? II U

5. What do you mean by ADT? III U

6. Write down any four basic views in mobile computing. IV U

7. What do you understand by the term Geo Coding and reverse Geo coding? V R

8. State Mobile OS and their features. V U

PART-B (5 X 3 = 15 marks) Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 16 Unit Bloom’s is compulsory Taxonomy (ii) All questions carry equal marks Level

9. What are the important terminologies and functions of mobile computing? I U

10. Distinguish between Infrared vs Radio Transmission I U

11. Explain about SMS Architecture. II R

12. What do you understand by the word Google Play Store? II U

13. How will you display Pictures and Menus with Views? III U

14. Explain the procedure for retrieving the data in external storage. IV U

15. Enumerate about SQLite. V R

16. Write any six features of Wi-Fi and WiMax. III U

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 227

PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 marks) Note: (i) Answer allthe questions choosing either sub-division (A) Bloom’s Maximum or sub-division (B) of each question. Unit Taxonomy Marks (ii)All questions carry equal marks. Level

17 A (i)Explain about security concern related to mobile I U 5 computing. (ii)List down the applications of Bluetooth and explain any one. I U 5

(OR)

B Discuss about 3-Tier architecture with a neat diagram. I U 10

18. A. (i)With a neat diagram in detail explain about GPRS network II U 5 Architecture. (ii)What are the limitations of GPRS? Explain. II U 5

(OR)

B. Explain in detail about GSM Architecture briefly with a neat II U 10 diagram.

19. A. (i)What are the features of Android? III U 5 (ii)Summarize the concept of AVD. III U 5

(OR)

B. How will you link and call built-in applications using intents? III U 10 Discuss

A (i)With an example, explain about progress bar view. IV U 5 20. (ii)How will you design dialog boxes in advanced views? IV U 5 (OR) B With an example, in detail explain about sending and IV U 10 receiving SMS.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 228

21 A (i) Explain about obtaining the maps API Key. V U 5 (ii) Define the term content Provider and explain briefly. V U 5 (OR) B. Illustrate the SQLite by creating and using databases with an V U 10 example.

Note: The question paper setters are requested to follow the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy levels as presented below:

Bloom’s Taxonomy Lower Order Thinking Skills (LOTs) Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs) Level R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap- Apply An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create % to be included 90% 10%

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 229

THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM-636 005 (Autonomous Institution) Diploma in Computer Engineering Mobile Computing and Application Development Model Question Paper-II Year/Sem: III / VI Max. Marks : 75 Code no: 15O-7402 B Time : 3 Hrs PART-A (5 X 2 = 10 marks) Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 8 Unit Bloom’s is compulsory Taxonomy Level (ii) All questions carry equal marks

1. Define Wireless LAN and write down any one application of Wireless LAN. I U

2. What is meant by Mobile IP? I R

3. Expand SMS and QoS. II U

4. What are different versions available in Android? II U

5. What is meant by text view? III R

6. List some of the basic views in mobile computing. IV R

7. How will you download binary data in android services? V U

8. Define GSM and write down any two uses. V U

PART-B (5 X 3 = 15 marks) Note : (i)Answer any FIVE Questions out of which question No. 16 Unit Bloom’s is compulsory Taxonomy (ii) All questions carry equal marks Level

9. What are the characteristics of Mobile Communications? I R

10. Give any sixcomparisons on wired and wireless mechanism. I U

11. Explain any one application of GPRS. II U

12. Explain about Mobile OS. II U

13. Discuss about Android Development Tool. III U

14. How will you create helper methods? IV R

15. Explain about Android Services. V R

16. List out the different advanced views and explain any one. III U

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 230

PART-C (5 x 10 = 50 marks)

Note: (i) Answer allthe questions choosing either sub-division (A) Maximum Bloom’s Unit or sub-division (B) of each question. Taxonomy Level Marks (ii)All questionscarry equal marks.

17 A (i) What are the various types of wireless communication I U 5 technologies used in mobile and antennas? (ii) Explain about Bluetooth and its applications. I U 5

(OR)

B Explain in detail about 3-Tier Architecture with a neat I U 10 diagram.

18. A. (i) Draw neat diagram for GSM architecture. II U 5

(ii) Write any five points on thelimitations of GPRS. II U 5

(OR)

B. Explain about SMS architecture briefly with a neat diagram. II U 10

19. A. (i)Discuss about Google play store. III U 5

(ii) With a neat sketch explain about Android Development Tool. III U 5

(OR)

B. Explain how you will link and call built-in applications using III U 10 intents.

20. A (i) Discuss about different basic views in short. IV U 5

(ii) How you will design dialog boxes in advanced views? IV U 5

(OR)

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 231

B Explain in detail about creating Helper Methods. IV U 10

21 A (i) Explain about SQLite while storing data in internal and V U 5 external memory. (ii) Explain in detail about the web services using HTTP in android Service. V U 5

(OR)

B. With real time applications explain about Geo coding and V R&U 10 reverse Geo coding.

Note: The question paper setters are requested to follow the Revised Bloom’s Taxonomy levels as presented below:

Bloom’s Taxonomy Lower Order Thinking Skills (LOTs) Higher Order Thinking Skills (HOTs) Level R-Remember, U-Understand, Ap- Apply An-Analyse, E-Evaluate, C-Create % to be included 90% 10%

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 232

THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM

Programme : COMPUTER ENGINEERING Semester : VI Course Code : 15O - 7314 Course Name : COMPUTER NETWORKS AND ADMINISTRATION PRACTICAL

TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION No. of weeks per semester: 15 weeks Examination Instructions Max. Marks Course Semester- Periods/ periods/ Continuous Duration End Total week Semester Assessment Examinations Computer Networks And 6 90 25 75 100 3Hours Administration Practical

COURSE OUTCOMES

15O – 7314 COMPUTER NETWORKS AND ADMINISTRATION PRACTICAL On successful completion of this course, students should be able to C604.1 : Configure network devices and exchange data. C604.2 : Install windows and Linux servers and its services.

CO-PO&PSO’S MAPPING MATRIX

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PSO1 PSO2 C604.1 - 3 3 3 - - - 3 3 3 3 - C604.2 - 3 3 3 - - - 3 3 3 3 - C604 Total - 6 6 6 - - - 6 6 6 6 - Correlation - 3 3 3 - - - 3 3 3 3 - Level

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 233

LAB EXERCISES PART -A COMPUTER NETWORKS 1. Do the following Cabling works in a network a) Cable Crimping b) Standard Cabling c ) Cross Cabling d) IO connector crimping e) Testing the crimped cable using a cable tester 2. Configure Host IP, Subnet Mask and Default Gateway in a system in LAN (TCP/IP Configuration). Configure Internet connection and use IPCONFIG, PING / Tracert and Netstat utilities to debug the network issues 3. Interface two PCs using peer To peer network using connectivity devices – Switch and Router in a LAN and share the Drives and Folders. 4. Install and Configure Wired and Wireless NIC and transfer files between systems in LAN and Wireless LAN. 5 Transfer files between systems in LAN using FTP Configuration, 6 Install Print server in a LAN and share the printer in a network.

PART - B WINDOWS ADMINISTRATION 7. Installation of Windows 2003 / 2008 server. 8. Configure Active Directory Services, create a user and assign permissions using Logon Script and Group permissions. 9. Install and configure a DHCP server in windows with IP Address ranging from 192.168.1.1 to 192.168.1.100 and configure a DHCP Client 10. Installation and Configuration of Mail Server in windows 2003/2008 server environment. 11 Configure a router to connect two different networks and transfer files between them.

LINUX ADMINISTRATION 12. Installation of Red Hat Linux using Graphical mode. 13. Creating a user in Linux server and assigning rights 14. Linux TCP/IP Network Configuration 15. a. Configuring and Troubleshooting of /etc/inittab. b. Configuring and Troubleshooting of /etc/passwd c. Configuring and Troubleshooting of /etc/grub.conf 16. Installation of additional software using RPM and Sharing of data using Samba Server

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 234

SCHEME OF VALUATION

ALLOCATION OF MARKS Writing syntax and usage of any one Question from PART - A 10 Marks Writing any one program from PART – B 15 Marks Executing program (PART – A) 15 Marks Executing program (PART – B) 20 Marks Result with printout ( PART – A) 5 Marks Result with printout ( PART – B) 5 Marks VIVA – VOCE 5 Marks TOTAL 75 Marks

S. No. LIST OF EQUIPMENT Total Nos 1 Computer with Pentium 36 Nos. 2 Laser Printer 3 Nos. 3 Crimping Tool 5 Nos. 4 Screwdriver set 2 Nos. 5 Modem 5 Nos. 6 Hub 5 Nos. 7 Router 2 Nos. 8 Switch 5 Nos. 9 Network Cables - 10 Pentium Systems with on board Ethernet Card (NIC) 18 Nos 11 Server 1 No

S. No. LIST OF SOFTWARE SUGGESTED 1 Windows Server 2008 / 2013 and LINUX 2 OS Windows XP with service pack

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 235

THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM

Programme : COMPUTER ENGINEERING Semester : VI Course Code : 15O - 7315 Course Name : MULTIMEDIA SYSTEMS PRACTICAL

TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION No. of weeks per semester: 15 weeks Examination Instructions Course Max. Marks Periods/ Periods/ Continuous Semester-End Duration Total week Semester Assessment Examinations Multimedia Systems 4 60 25 75 100 3 Hours Practical

COURSE OUTCOMES

15O – 7403A CLOUD COMPUTING PRACTICAL

On successful completion of this course, students should be able to C604.1 : Apply and use multimedia tools to edit audio and video

C604.2 : Create animation using different tools

CO-PO&PSO’S MAPPING MATRIX

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PSO1 PSO2

C604.1 - 3 3 3 - - - - - 3 3 3 C604.2 - 3 3 3 - - - - - 3 3 3

C604Total - 6 6 6 - - - - - 6 6 6

Correlation - 3 3 3 - - - - - 3 3 3 Level

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 236

GUIDELINES  Experiments may be done using either OSS or commercial software giving importance towards achieving the skill.  No experiment shall be omitted for Board Practical Examinations.  Care should be taken that experiments are done with the intended level / depth so that the student may acquire the skill / knowledge and not to liquidate the objective of the lab by way of simplifying the experiments.

LAB EXERCISES 1. Use HTML multimedia support to play different audio and video formats in a browser. 2. Use a audio processing Software and perform the audio editing tasks– Import audio, Select and edit the sound, Create fade-in fade-out effects, Label audio segments, Use noise remove filter, Mix audio, Change stereo to mono tracks, Export audio to different format and save. 3. Use a video processing Software to perform – Trim video clips, crop video, rotate video, join video, add subtitles, and edit video dimension, bit rate, frame rate, sample rate, channel, and video/audio quality tasks on a video. 4. Create a Movie from video clips to demonstrate :- Audio-Video Mixing, Music, Video Effects, Video Transitions, Titles 5. Create a logo using a 3D modeling software. 6. Create a 3D animation (such as a animated eye) using a 3D modeling software. 7. Create a 2D Animation / cartoon using any 2D software. 8. Use a scanner to create two or more partial scanned images of large poster / photo. Create a panoramic view of multiple photos by stitching together them using any panorama software. 9. Create an advertisement banner for using it in a web page. 10. Use a DVD ripper for copying the audio and video content of a DVD to a file encoded in AVI, MP4, MPEG, WMV or other video formats. Use a Video converter to convert a video between different video formats, audio format, portable device formats 11. Use audio ripper tools to rip Audio-CDs, audio from video, audio from DVD. Convert the ripped audio into various formats. Burn the audio in to CDs. 12. Use a audio recording program to record audio from different sources of input such as line-in, PC speaker output etc by applying different filters, encoding and compression schemes. Split the audio into pieces. Merge different pieces together. Use appropriate tools. 13. Use a photo editing tool to convert a photo into a cartoon image. Create a DVD photo slideshow and add music to slideshow using a slideshow creating tool. 14. Use a DVD authoring tool to create a Video DVD with interactive menus, multiple subtitle and audio tracks and other features. 15. Stream audio / video in different formats to systems in a LAN using a media stream player / server software

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 237

SCHEME OF VALUATION ALLOCATION OF MARKS Identification of tools needed and description of procedure 30 Execution 30 Result / Output 10 Viva-voce 05 TOTAL 75

S. No. LIST OF EQUIPMENT Total Nos 1 Desktop Computers 36 Nos. 2 Laser printer Monochrome, Color 4 Nos. 3 Digital (video)Camera 2 Nos. 4 Flat bed A4 size Scanner 1 No

LIST OF SOFTWARE SUGGESTED Operating system : Windows XP, Windows 7, Linux Software tools : Open Source software or Commercial software. The following list is a suggestive list of Open Source software and their commercial replacement. Experiments may be done using either OSS or commercial software.

3D Graphics and Animation 1. Art of Illusion Replaces: Autodesk Maya 2. Blender Replaces: Autodesk Maya Audio Players 3. Songbird Replaces: iTunes 4. Cool Player Replaces: Windows Media Player 5. Zinf Replaces: Windows Media Player Audio Recorders and Editors 6. Audacity Replaces: Sonar X1, , Sony ACID, Adobe Audition 7. Frinika Replaces: Sonar X1, , Sony ACID Audio Ripping and Conversion 8. BonkEnc Exact Audio Copy, Audio Convertor Studio 9. CDex Exact Audio Copy 10. MMConvert Exact Audio Copy, Multimedia Players 11. VLC Media Player Replaces: Windows Media Player 12. Mplayer Replaces: Windows Media Player 13. XBMC Media Center Replaces: Windows Media Player 14. MediaPortal Replaces: Windows Media PlayerVideo Editing 15. Cinelerra Replaces: Adobe Premiere 16. OpenShot Video Editor Replaces: Adobe Premiere Pro CS5 17. Avidemux Replaces: Adobe Premiere 18. Kdenlive Replaces: Adobe Premiere Pro CS5 19. CineFX Replaces: Adobe Premiere Pro CS5 Video File Conversion// 20. DVDx Replaces: Movavi Video Converter, Zamzar 21. DVD Flick Replaces: Movavi Video Converter, Zamzar 22. FFDShow Replaces: Movavi Video Converter, ZamzarVideo Player 23. Miro Replaces: Windows Media Player CD / DVD Burners 24 Infrared Recorder

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 238

25 CDRDAO DVD Authoring 26. DVD Flick, DVDStyler, Bombono DVD

SPOKEN TUTORIAL  Spoken Tutorial based training workshop on Blender, GIMP can be included for 2 hours during the Practical Hours.  After Completion of workshop, students can revise the tutorials for 2-3 weeks.  All the students will compulsorily undergo 1 hour online assessment test conducted by Spoken Tutorial project team, IIT Bombay.  Certificates will be issued to all passed out candidates by Spoken Tutorial, IIT Bombay.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 239

THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM

Programme : COMPUTER ENGINEERING Semester : VI Course Code : 15O – 7403A Course Name : CLOUD COMPUTING PRACTICAL

TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION No. of weeks per semester: 15 weeks Examination Instructions Max. Marks Course Semester- Periods/ Periods/ Continuous Duration End Total week Semester Assessment Examinations Cloud Computing 6 90 25 75 100 3 Hours Practical

COURSE OUTCOMES

15O – 7403A CLOUD COMPUTING PRACTICAL On successful completion of this course, students should be able to C605A.1 : Make use of SaaS and work with various application software C605A.2 : Install and configure OS on virtual machine and Eucalyptus Cloud C605A.3 : Apply the knowledge of CloudSim and simulate datacenters

CO-PO&PSO’S MAPPING MATRIX

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PSO1 PSO2 C605A.1 - 3 3 3 - - - 3 3 3 - 3 C605A.2 - 3 3 3 - - - 3 3 3 - 3 C605A.3 - 3 3 3 - - - 3 3 3 - 3 C605A - 9 9 9 - - - 9 9 9 - 9 Total Correlation - 3 3 3 - - - 3 3 3 - 3 Level

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 240

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS PART – A 1. Prepare a student bio-data in word document with two pages using Google docs in Cloud Computing and perform the following  Use the basic formatting tools for an student details  Create a table for student mark list..  Save the file in Cloud.  Down load and take printout the student bio-data. Cloud Software : https://docs.google.com/ 2. Create and upload an own website in cloud to market any product. The website contains the like Home, Product, Service and contacts details. Cloud Software : http://www.onlinehtmleditor.net/

3. Create a design by using the various selection tools, cutting and pasting the images using cloud applications. Cloud software: http://theloudtutorial/freecloudcomputingapplications.html) 4. Using multiple layers, create a design with the use of masking various images using cloud applications. Cloud software: http://theloudtutorial/freecloudcomputingapplications.html) 5. Create a design by the use of text tools to apply the text and filtering effects using cloud applications. Cloud software: http://theloudtutorial/freecloudcomputingapplications.html) 6. Backup and Restore your files and folders on Cloud Storage. [Ref: www.justcloud.com] 7. Online Network Monitoring in Simulated Cloud Environment using Amazon web service. 8 Create Virtual Machine online using Amazon web service. PART – B 9. Create a Virtual Machine by installing VMware and add Window or Linux as Guest OS. 10. Model and simulate a cloud computing environment with one data center and one host using CloudSim. 11. Simulate the scheduling concept by creating two data center and two host using CloudSim 12. Simulate the Datacenter Broker of Dynamic Scheduling using CloudSim 13. Install and form the private cloud using Eucalyptus or Open Stack

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 241

SCHEME OF VALUATION ALLOCATION OF MARKS Writing syntax and usage of any one Question from PART - A 10 Marks Writing any one program from PART – B 15 Marks Executing program (PART – A) 15 Marks Executing program (PART – B) 20 Marks Result with printout ( PART – A) 5 Marks Result with printout ( PART – B) 5 Marks VIVA – VOCE 5 Marks TOTAL 75 Marks

S. No. LIST OF EQUIPMENT Total Nos 1 Pentium Systems with on board Ethernet Card (NIC) 18 Nos 2 Server 1 No 3 Open Source Software : CloudSim, OpenStack, Eucalyptus

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 242

THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM Programme : COMPUTER ENGINEERING Semester : VI Course Code : 15O – 7403B Course Name : MOBILE COMPUTING PRACTICAL

TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION No. of weeks per semester: 15 weeks Examination Instructions Max. Marks Course Semester- Periods/ Periods/ Continuous Duration End Total week Semester Assessment Examinations Mobile 6 90 25 75 100 3 Hours ComputingPractical

COURSE OUTCOMES

15O – 7403B MOBILE COMPUTING PRACTICAL On successful completion of this course, students should be able to C605B.1 : Create , test and debug interactive mobile application using Android

CO-PO&PSO’S MAPPING MATRIX

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PSO1 PSO2 C605B.1 - 3 3 3 - - - 2 2 3 3 3 C605B 3 3 - 3 3 3 - - - 2 2 3 Total Correlation - 3 3 3 - - - 2 2 3 3 3 Level

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 243

LAB EXERCISES 1. Write a program to demonstrate activity (Application Life Cycle). 2. Write a program to demonstrate different types of layouts. 3. Write a program to implement simple calculator using text view, edit view, option Buttonand button. 4. Write a program to demonstrate auto complete text 5. Write a program to demonstrate list view 6. Write a program to demonstrate alert dialog box 7. Write a program to demonstrate photo gallery 8. Write a program to demonstrate Date picker and time picker 9. Develop an simple application with context menu and option menu 10. Develop an application for fixed dialing and call phone dialer to make a call 11. Develop an application to send SMS 12. Write a program to view and edit contact 13. Write a program to send e-mail 14. Write a program to demonstrate a service 15. Write a program to demonstrate web view to display web site 16. Write a program to display map of given location/position using map view 17. Write a program to demonstrate the application of intent class 18. Write a program to create a text file in an internal memory 19. Write a program to create a text file in an external memory 20. Write a program to create new database in SQLite.

SCHEME OF VALUATION Allocation of Marks Aim, Procedure and Source Code 30 Execution 30 Result / Output 10 Viva-voce 05 TOTAL 75

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 244

S. No. LIST OF EQUIPMENT Total Nos 1 Desktop Computers 36 Nos. 2 Laser Printer 3 Nos.

S. No. LIST OF SOFTWARE SUGGESTED 1 Net Beans/Eclipse/Android Studio 2 Android ATD 3 Android SDK 4 JDK 6.0 or above

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 245

THIAGARAJAR POLYTECHNIC COLLEGE, SALEM

Programme : COMPUTER ENGINEERING Semester : VI Course Code : 15O - 7316 Course Name : PROJECT WORK

TEACHING AND SCHEME OF EXAMINATION No. of weeks per semester: 15 weeks Examination Instructions Max. Marks Course Semester- Periods/ Periods/ Continuous Duration End Total week Semester Assessment Examinations Project 4 60 25 75 100 3Hours Work

COURSE OUTCOMES

15O – 7316 PROJECT WORK

On successful completion of this course, students should be able to C606.1 : Understand the need and importance of Environmental management

C606.2 : Acquire knowledge about the causes,risks and measures involved in Diaster management

C606.3 : Develop a project in the suggestive area of work and prepare a detailed report

CO-PO&PSO’S MAPPING MATRIX

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PSO1 PSO2

C606.1 3 - - - 2 3 - 3 3 3 - - C606.2 3 - - - 2 3 - 3 3 3 - -

C606.3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

C606Total 9 3 3 3 7 9 3 9 9 9 3 3

Correlation 3 3 3 3 2.3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Level

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 246

GUIDELINES FOR PROJECT FORMULATION The project work constitutes a major component in most of the professional programmes and it is to be carried out with due care and should be executed with seriousness by the candidates.

Batch Size: Maximum 6 students per batch

TYPE OF PROJECT As majority of the students are expected to work out a real life project in some industry/research and development laboratories/educational institutions/software companies, it is suggested that the project is to be chosen which should have some direct relevance in day-to-day activities of the candidates in his/her institution. Students are encouraged to work in the areas listed at the end. However, it is not mandatory for a student to work on a real life project. The student can formulate a project problem with the help of Guide.

PROJECT PROPOSAL (SYNOPSIS) The project proposal should be prepared in consultation with your guide during fifth semester. The project proposal should clearly state the project objectives and the environment of the proposed project to be undertaken. The project work should compulsorily include the software development. The project proposal should contain complete details in the following form:

1. Title of the Project. 2. Introduction and Objectives of the Project. 3. Project Category (DBMS/OOPS/Networking/Multimedia/Artificial Intelligence / Expert Systems etc.). 4. Tools / Platform, Hardware and Software Requirement specifications. 5. Analysis (DFDs at least up to second level , ER Diagrams/ Class Diagrams/ Database Design etc. as per the project requirements). 6. A complete structure which includes:  Number of modules and their description to provide an estimation of the student’s effort on the project.  Data Structures as per the project requirements for all the modules.  Process logic of each module.  Testing process to be used.  Reports generation (Mention tentative content of report). 7. Are you doing this project for any Industry/Client? Mention Yes/No. If Yes, Mention the Name and Address of the Industry or Client. 8. Future scope and further enhancement of the project. Also mention limitation of the project.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 247

PROJECT PROPOSAL SUBMISSION AND APPROVAL After finalizing the topic and the selection of the guide, students should be submitting the Project Proposal to the HOD along with the synopsis and bio-data of the guide. Incomplete project proposals in any respect will be immediately rejected. The project synopsis will be sent to project monitoring committee for final approval.

SUGGESTIVE AREAS OF PROJECTWORK:  Database Management Systems  Software Engineering and Software Development  Web page Designing  Digital Image Processing  Computer Graphics and Animation  Multimedia Systems  Artificial Intelligence  Internet and e-commerce  Computer Network Security and Cryptography  Computer hardware and embedded systems  Improving existing systems / equipment’s.  Any other related area found worth.

INTERNAL ASSESSMENT: The internal assessment should be calculated based on the review of the progress of the work done by the student periodically as follows.

Detail of assessment Period of assessment Max.Marks First Review 6th week 10 Second Review 14th week 10 Attendance Entire semester 5 Total 25 EVALUATION FOR AUTONOMOUSEXAMINATION: Details of Mark allocation Max Marks Marks for Report Preparation, Demo, Viva voce 65 Marks for answers of 4 questions which is to be set by the external examiner from the given question bank consisting of questions in the following two topics Disaster Management and Environmental Management. Out of four questions two questions to appear from each of the above topics i.e. 2 questions x 2 topics = 4 questions 10

4 questions x 2 ½ marks = 10 Marks Total 75

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 248

DETAILED SYLLABUS

ENVIRONMENTAL & DISASTER MANAGEMENT

1. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT

Introduction – Environmental Ethics – Assessment of Socio Economic Impact – Environmental Audit – Mitigation of adverse impact on Environment – Importance of Pollution Control – Typesof Industries and Industrial Pollution.

Solid waste management – Characteristics of Industrial wastes – Methods of Collection, transferand disposal of solid wastes – Converting waste to energy – Hazardous waste management treatment technologies.

Waste water management – Characteristics of Industrial effluents – Treatment and disposalmethods – Pollution of water sources and effects on human health.

Air pollution management – Sources and effects – Dispersion of air pollutants – Air pollutioncontrol methods – Air quality management.

Noise pollution management – Effects of noise on people – Noise control methods.

2. DISASTER MANAGEMENT

Introduction – Disasters due to natural calamities such as Earthquake, Rain, Flood, Hurricane,Cyclones etc – Man made Disasters – Crisis due to fires, accidents, strikes etc – Loss of propertyand life..

Disaster Mitigation measures – Causes for major disasters – Risk Identification – Hazard Zones – Selection of sites for Industries and residential buildings – Minimum distances from Sea –Orientation of Buildings – Stability of Structures – Fire escapes in buildings - Cyclone shelters –Warning systems. Disaster Management – Preparedness, Response, Recovery – Arrangements to be made in theindustries / factories and buildings – Mobilization of Emergency Services - Search and Rescueoperations – First Aids – Transportation of affected people – Hospital facilities – Firefightingarrangements – Communication systems – Restoration of Power supply – Getting assistance ofneighbors / Other organizations in Recovery and Rebuilding works – Financial commitments –Compensations to be paid – Insurances – Rehabilitation. LIST OF QUESTIONS 1. ENVIRONMENTRAL MANAGEMENT 1. What is the responsibility of an Engineer-in-charge of an Industry with respect to Public Health? 2. Define Environmental Ethic. 3. How Industries play their role in polluting the environment? 4. What is the necessity of pollution control? What are all the different organizations you know, which deal with pollution control?

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 249

5. List out the different types of pollutions caused by a Chemical / Textile / Leather / Automobile /Cement factory. 6. What is meant by Hazardous waste? 7. Define Industrial waste management. 8. Differentiate between garbage, rubbish, refuse and trash based on their composition and Source. 9. Explain briefly how the quantity of solid waste generated in an industry could be reduced. 10. What are the objectives of treatments of solid wastes before disposal? 11. What are the different methods of disposal of solid wastes? 12. Explain how the principle of recycling could be applied in the process of waste minimization. 13. Define the term ‘Environmental Waste Audit’. 14. List and discuss the factors pertinent to the selection of landfill site. 15. Explain the purpose of daily cover in a sanitary landfill and state the minimum desirable depthof daily cover. 16. Describe any two methods of converting waste into energy. 17. What actions, a local body such as a municipality could take when the agency appointed for collecting and disposing the solid wastes fails to do the work continuously for number of days? 18. Write a note on Characteristics of hazardous waste. 19. What is the difference between municipal and industrial effluent? 20. List few of the undesirable parameters / pollutants anticipated in the effluents from oil refinery industry / thermal power plants / textile industries / woolen mills / dye industries / electroplating industries / cement plants / leather industries (any two may be asked) 21. Explain briefly the process of Equalization and Neutralization of waste water of varying characteristics discharged from an Industry. 22. Explain briefly the Physical treatments “Sedimentation” and “Floatation” processes in the wastewater treatment. 23. Explain briefly when and how chemical / biological treatments are given to the waste water. 24. List the four common advanced waste water treatment processes and the pollutants they remove. 25. Describe refractory organics and the method used to remove them from the effluent. 26. Explain biological nitrification and de-nitrification. 27. Describe the basic approaches to land treatment of Industrial Effluent. 28. Describe the locations for the ultimate disposal of sludge and the treatment steps needed prior to ultimate disposal. 29. List any five Industries, which act as the major sources for Hazardous Air Pollutants. 30. List out the names of any three hazardous air pollutants and their effects on human health. 31. Explain the influence of moisture, temperature and sunlight on the severity of air pollution effects on materials. 32. Differentiate between acute and chronic health effects from Air pollution. 33. Define the term Acid rain and explain how it occurs. 34. Discuss briefly the causes for global warming and its consequences 35. Suggest suitable Air pollution control devices for a few pollutants and sources. 36. Explain how evaporative emissions and exhaust emissions are commonly controlled.

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 250

37. What are the harmful elements present in the automobile smokes? How their presence couldbe controlled? 38. What is the Advantage of Ozone layer in the atmosphere? State few reasons for its destruction. 39. Explain the mechanism by which hearing damage occurs. 40. List any five effects of noise other than hearing damage. 41. Explain why impulsive noise is more dangerous than steady state noise. 42. Explain briefly the Source – Path – Receiver concept of Noise control. 43. Where silencers or mufflers are used? Explain how they reduce the noise. 44. Describe two techniques to protect the receiver from hearing loss when design / redress for noise control fail. 45. What are the problems faced by the people residing along the side of a railway track and nearto an Airport? What provisions could be made in their houses to reduce the problem? 2. DISASTER MANAGEMENT 1. What is meant by Disaster Management? What are the different stages of Disaster management? 2. Differentiate Natural Disasters and Manmade Disasters with examples. 3. Describe the necessity of Risk identification and Assessment Surveys while planning a project. 4. What is Disasters recovery and what does it mean to an Industry? 5. What are the factors to be considered while planning the rebuilding works after a major disaster due to flood / cyclone / earthquake? (Any one may be asked) 6. List out the public emergency services available in the state, which could be approached for helpduring a natural disaster. 7. Specify the role played by an Engineer in the process of Disaster management. 8. What is the cause for Earthquakes? How they are measured? Which parts of India are morevulnerable for frequent earthquakes? 9. What was the cause for the Tsunami 2004 which inflicted heavy loss to life and property along thecoast of Tamilnadu? Specify its epicenter and magnitude. 10. Specify the Earthquake Hazard Zones in which the following towns of Tamilnadu lie: (a) Chennai (b) Nagappattinam (c) Coimbatore (d) Madurai (e) Salem. 11. Which parts of India are experiencing frequent natural calamities such as (a) heavy rain fall (b) huge losses due to floods (c) severe cyclones 12. Define basic wind speed. What will be the peak wind speed in (a) Very high damage risk zone – A,(b) High damage risk zone, (c) Low damage risk zone. 13. Specify the minimum distance from the Sea shore and minimum height above the mean sea level,desirable for the location of buildings. 14. Explain how the topography of the site plays a role in the disasters caused by floods and cyclones. 15. Explain how the shape and orientation of buildings could reduce the damages due to cyclones. 16. What is a cyclone shelter? When and where it is provided? What are its requirements? 17. What Precautionary measures have to be taken by the authorities before opening a dam fordischarging the excess water into a canal/river? 18. What are the causes for fire accidents? Specify the remedial measures to be taken in buildings toavoid fire accidents. 19. What is a fire escape in multistoried buildings? What are its requirements?

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 251

20. How the imamates of a multistory building are to be evacuated in the event of a fire/Chemicalspill/Toxic Air Situation/ Terrorist attack, (any one may be asked). 21. Describe different firefighting arrangements to be provided in an Industry. 22. Explain the necessity of disaster warning systems in Industries. 23. Explain how rescue operations have to be carried out in the case of collapse of buildings due toearthquake / blast / Cyclone / flood. 24. What are the necessary steps to be taken to avoid dangerous epidemics after a flood disaster? 25. What relief works have to be carried out to save the lives of workers when the factory area issuddenly affected by a dangerous gas leak / sudden flooding? 26. What are the difficulties faced by an Industry when there is a sudden power failure? How such asituation could be managed? 27. What are the difficulties faced by the Management when there is a group clash between theworkers? How such a situation could be managed? What will be the problems faced by the management of an Industry when a worker dies becauseof the failure of a mechanical device due to poor maintenance? How to manage such a situation? 29. What precautionary measures have to be taken to avoid accidents to labourers in the Industry ina workshop / during handling of dangerous Chemicals / during construction of buildings / duringthe building maintenance works? 30. Explain the necessity of medical care facilities in an Industry / Project site. 31. Explain the necessity of proper training to the employees of Industries dealing with hazardousproducts, to act during disasters. 32. What type of disaster is expected in coal mines, cotton mills, Oil refineries, ship yards and gasplants? 33. What is meant by Emergency Plan Rehearsal? What are the advantages of such Rehearsals? 34. What action you will take when your employees could not reach the factory site because ofcontinuous strike by Public Transport workers? 35. What immediate actions you will initiate when the quarters of your factory workers are suddenlyflooded due to the breach in a nearly lake / dam, during heavy rain? 36. What steps you will take to avoid a break down when the workers union of your Industry havegiven a strike notice? 37. List out few possible crisis in an organization caused by its workers? What could be the part of themiddle level officials in managing such crisis? 38. What types of warning systems are available to alert the people in the case of predicted disasters,such as floods, cyclone etc. 39. Explain the necessity of Team work in the crisis management in an Industry / Local body. 40. What factors are to be considered while fixing compensation to the workers in the case of severeaccidents causing disability / death to them? 41. Explain the legal / financial problems the management has to face if safely measures taken bythem are found to be in adequate. 42. Describe the importance of insurance to men and machinery of an Industry dealing with dangerous jobs. 43. What precautions have to be taken while storing explosives in a match/ fire crackers factory? 44. What are the arrangements required for emergency rescue works in the case of Atomic PowerPlants? 45. Why residential quarters are not constructed nearer to Atomic Power Plants?

Diploma in Computer Engineering Page 252